Project accounting /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting section The Projects workspace helps you manage your projects, whether they are internal or external. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project accounting The Projects workspace helps you manage your projects, whether they are internal or external. In Visma Net, a project is defined as a one-time effort planned for execution within specific time and cost limits, and with an expected budget and revenue. You can use the Projects workspace to maintain complete and structured information about projects, including tracking their costs, budget, and expected revenue. The workspace allows you create projects and project tasks, associate projects with employees, resources, and track labour time and costs as well as your project's work in progress. Furthermore, the module can be integrated with other workspaces in Visma Net. You can read about the primary features of the Projects workspaces below. To start setting up the workspace, see: [Set up and configure the workspace](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/settings-and-configuration/set-up-and-configure-the-workspace/) ## Dependencies 1. The license for Visma Net must include the Projects functionality, and the functionality should be enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. 1. The initial system configuration must be completed and the General ledger workspace must be configured before you implement the Projects workspace. The Projects workspace can be tightly integrated with many Visma Net workspaces. 1. If you plan to track employee time spent on activities related to projects, make sure the **Time reporting on activities** functionality is included in your license and enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. ## The project life cycle From start to finish, a project goes through the following stages: Planning : During this stage, you specify project parameters, define tasks, add activities, and populate the project with employees, resources, and equipment. Each project once created is automatically assigned the **In planning** status. Approval : The project passes through this stage only if approval of projects is required in your system. Active : During this stage, the project is executed, and it becomes visible in the integrated workspaces and available for posting transactions. Completion : Once the project is finished, it is assigned the **Completed** status. A project with the **Completed** status is no longer available for posting transactions. This is the final stage in the project life cycle. For more information, see: [About the project life cycle](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/about-the-project-life-cycle/) ## Integration with other modules Integrating the Projects workspace with other Visma Net workspaces allows for complete project information as all project-related data is automatically entered and visible in all relevant workspaces. Once the Projects workspace is integrated with another workspace in Visma Net, any document posted in the integrated workspace can be associated with a specific project, ensuring that all project-related activity is accounted for. For more information, see: [About integration with other modules](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/about-integration-with-other-modules/) ## Fixed-price and cost-based projects Visma Net supports two types of projects: fixed-price and cost-based. With fixed-price projects, the price for the project is defined at the beginning of the project and it is not changed until in the project is complete. With cost-based projects, the final price of the project depends on the overall cost of fulfilling the project, and the costs may be invoiced with or without a premium. ## Budget In the Projects workspace, you can compare actual project costs with original and revised budgets. As a project progresses, you can continuously track budget execution, and see whether actual costs match the budget. This lets you know when to adjust expenditures or revise the budget. In Visma Net, you can also use continuous budgeting. For more information, see: [About project budgets](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-project-budgets/about-project-budgets/) ## Templates for projects and tasks If your company regularly performs standard projects (for example, if you build standard houses), you do not need to create these projects from scratch each time a new project is started. Instead, you can create templates for standard projects and tasks, and use them each time you start a new project. For more information, see: [About templates for projects and tasks](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/about-templates-for-projects-and-tasks/) ## Flexible rate calculation By using the flexible rate calculation in Visma Net, you can implement complex pricing and accrual models that require the consideration of a large number of parameters. This functionality allows you to differentiate rates depending on project, task, account group, employee class or even specific dates or date ranges. See also: [Configure a rate table](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects/configure-a-rate-table/), [Specify rates for rate tables](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects/specify-rates-for-rate-tables/) and [Create rate types.](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects/create-rate-types/) ## Account groups In projects, the account group plays the same role as the general ledger accounts do in the General ledger ledger: it is used to track the project budget and balances. Account groups facilitate aggregation, tracking, control, and management of information related to the project budget, costs, and future revenues. Because they are mapped to general ledger accounts, account groups provide transfer of the project-related financial information between the General ledger and Project accounting workspaces. To learn how to create account groups, see: [Create an account group](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/create-an-account-group/) For more information, see: [About account groups](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/about-account-groups/) ## Automatic project invoicing As a project moves from milestone to milestone or when it is completed, you can define the project to automatically generate invoicing information and invoices for customers. For more information, see: [About project invoicing](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/about-project-invoicing/) ## Project security Visma Net provides you with a variety of options that you can use to set up user access to specific projects and to project-configuration tools. ## Commitment tracking Visma Net supports tracking purchase orders and sales orders by project as project cost commitments and project revenue commitments, respectively. For more information, see:[About tracking commitments](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/about-tracking-commitments/) ## Draft invoice workflow You can enable draft invoices in the project invoicing workflow to work with a draft invoice that is isolated from the Customer ledger workspace. You can review and modify the draft invoice and reach agreement about the document with all required parties before the final sales invoice is prepared based on the information from the draft invoice. For more information, see:[About pro forma invoices](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/about-pro-forma-invoices/) About integration with other modules /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/about-integration-with-other-modules page You can seamlessly integrate the Projects workspace with other workspaces of Visma Net. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About integration with other modules You can seamlessly integrate the Projects workspace with other workspaces of Visma Net. You can seamlessly integrate the Projects workspace with other workspaces of Visma Net. With this integration, information about transactions related to projects can transparently flow into the Projects workspaces and be available for tracking budget, costs, and future revenue for projects. You can integrate the Projects workspaces with the following workspaces: + General ledger + Supplier ledger + Inventory + Customer ledger + Sales + Purchases + Time and expenses ## Visibility settings If you integrate the Projects workspace with other workspaces, the active projects defined in the Projects workspace become visible in those workspaces. All data entry windows of any integrated workspace include two additional elements, **Project** and **Task**. Each time you enter a transaction that relates to a specific active project in the Projects workspace, you can associate the transaction with this project by selecting the appropriate project and task. ## Non-project code The non-project code, which is specified in the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window, is a code that you can use to indicate that specific transactions are not associated with any project. By default, this code is **X**, but you can specify a different non-project code. + Once you activate the Projects workspace and integrate another Visma Net workspace with it, users must specify **Project** and **Task** values when they enter transactions in the data entry windows of that workspace. + If you do not want to associate a particular transaction with any project, you must select the non-project code as the **Project**. With this code selected, no information will be transferred to the Projects workspace and no project balances will be updated. ## Integration with the General ledger workspace With the integration between the Projects and General ledger workspaces, in the General ledger workspace, you can directly enter transactions related to specific project tasks. + If you plan on integrating the Projects workspace with any of the Visma Net workspaces, we recommend that you integrate it with the General ledger workspace too. + Even if the Projects workspace is not integrated with the General ledger workspace, by using account groups that are mapped to general ledger, you will be able to view the transactions that are generated in other integrated workspaces and eventually posted to General ledger. ## Integration with Supplier ledger, Inventory, and Purchases When you integrate the Projects workspace with the Supplier ledger, Inventory, and Purchases workspaces, the mandatory **Project** and **Task** columns are added to data entry windows in the integrated workspace so that purchases of stock items, non-stock items, and services can be associated with specific project tasks, as can inventory transactions. + Each time you enter a document in any of these workspaces, you must either specify the project and task to associate with the current transaction or select the non-project code. + Integrated workspaces do not post transactions to Projects directly. A transaction originating in the Purchases workspace, on release, generates transactions in the Inventory workspace and in the Supplier ledger workspace. + The transactions related to projects in the Supplier ledger and Inventory workspaces are first released and then posted to the General ledger workspace; then from the General ledger workspace, they are copied to the Projects workspace. + To update the General ledger workspace with the full details of the original transactions, clear the **Post summary on updating general ledger** check boxes in the [Supplier ledger preferences (AP101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/supplier-ledger-preferences-ap101000/) and [Inventory preferences (IN101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/inventory/inventory-windows/inventory-preferences-in101000/) windows. ## Integration with the Customer ledger and Sales workspaces When you integrate the Projects workspace with the Sales and Customer ledger workspace, in the windows of these workspaces, the **Project** field is added to the top part and the **Task** column is added to the **Details** area. + If you selects a specific project, you must also specify a particular task of this project. + Transactions originating in the Sales workspace, on release, generate transactions in the Inventory and Customer ledger workspaces. The Customer ledger and Inventory workspaces do not post transactions to Projects directly. The original transaction is first released and then posted to General ledger, and then from General ledger it is copied to the Projects workspace. + To update the Projects module with the full details of the original transactions, clear the **Post summary on updating general ledger** check boxes in the [Customer ledger preferences (AR101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/customer-ledger-preferences-ar101000/) and [Inventory preferences (IN101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/inventory/inventory-windows/inventory-preferences-in101000/) windows. ## Integration with the Time and expenses workspace When you integrate the Projects module with the Time and expenses workspace, the **Project** and **Task** columns are added on all data entry windows. These columns are mandatory. + If your employees work on projects managed by using the Projects module, you can use the Time and expenses workspace to track the time they spend on projects, including regular time and overtime. By default, you use time cards for this purpose, but you can instead use expense claims. + Once released, a time card or an expense claim associated with a specific project does not directly generate general ledger transactions; instead, Visma Net generates one or more transactions in the Projects module. By using the options located in the [Time and expenses preferences (EP101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/time-and-expenses/time-and-expenses-windows/time-and-expenses-preferences-ep101000/) window, you can select whether the transactions from the Projects module will be posted to an account group of the **Off-balance** type or to account groups of standard types: **Asset**, **Liability**, **Expense**, and **Income**. The General ledger will be updated through the transactions generated based on the transactions posted to account groups of standard types. + To reduce the time required for transaction processing, select the **Automatically release project documents** in the [Time and expenses preferences (EP101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/time-and-expenses/time-and-expenses-windows/time-and-expenses-preferences-ep101000/) window. + In the Time and expenses workspace, notes and attached documents from a Time and expenses transaction can be copied to a Projects transaction if the **Copy files to project documents** and **Copy notes to project documents** check boxes are selected in the [Time and expenses preferences (EP101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/time-and-expenses/time-and-expenses-windows/time-and-expenses-preferences-ep101000/) window. + You can use expense claims to track the expenses your employees incur when they work on specific projects. Once released, an expense claim associated with a specific project does not generate customer ledger transactions; instead, Visma Net generates transactions in the Projects module that, in turn, will generate the customer ledger transactions. + Once released, a time card associated with a specific project does not generate general ledger transactions. Instead, Visma Net generates transactions in the Projects module.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Settings and configuration /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/settings-and-configuration section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Settings and configuration Preparation /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/settings-and-configuration/preparation page This topic covers the prerequisites and preparatory steps needed before you begin configuring the Projects workspace. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Preparation This topic covers the prerequisites and preparatory steps needed before you begin configuring the Projects workspace. Perform the following steps before you actually configure the Projects workspace. These steps do not need to be done in the listed order and many can be done in parallel. Because this is the preparation phase of implementation, do not enter data into the system at this time.
Item Description
Develop a naming convention for projects and tasks

Each project in Visma Net is assigned a unique project ID. Project IDs can be comprised of segments with optional validation of each segment.

Plan the structure of the project ID based on the segmented key PROJECT: number of segments, length of segments, whether and how they should be validated, and whether auto-numbering should be used.

Note that the PROJECT segmented key is also used for project templates, so decide whether you want the IDs of projects to differ from the IDs of templates. Prepare a list of valid entries for segments that should be validated. Design a numbering sequence for an auto-numbered segment, if one will be used.

Plan also the structure for the task IDs (the segmented key PROTASK ).

The task ID should be unique only within a project. Two different projects can have tasks with the same identifier, and they will be different tasks. For this reason, you should not use auto-numbering for task IDs.

Define non-project code

Once the Projects workspace is enabled, the system will require project IDs and project task IDs for every transaction in all the integrated workspaces of Visma Net.

This does not mean that each transaction must be linked to a project; you can enter the non-project code (which you define) for a transaction that is not related to any project.

For convenience, the non-project code should be distinctly different from project IDs and should be short, such as the single character X, which is used by default.

Define account groups

The role of account groups in Projects is similar to the role of accounts in the General ledger: All transaction processing and all reporting in Projects are done by using account groups.

When defining account groups, first identify the accounts that will be used in project-related transactions. Customer ledger accounts (accounts debited by project invoicing) and supplier ledger accounts (accounts credited by purchase invoices) should be excluded. For each identified group, write down the following:

  • A short description of the account group.
  • The type of account group: Asset, Liability, Income, Expense, or Off-balance. The type of the group should be the same as the type of general ledger accounts included in the group. An off-balance group cannot include any general ledger account.
  • The list of General ledger accounts associated with the group.
  • The account group ID (which should comply with the ACCGROUP segmented key).

For more information, see: About account groups

Develop a naming convention for account groups

Plan the structure of IDs to be used for account groups.

The structure is defined by the ACCGROUP segmented key.

The account group IDs can mimic the general ledger account numbers or be text IDs, such as BUDGET, REVENUE, and EXPENSE.

If needed, the IDs can be defined with multiple segments. Use similar IDs for similar account groups to be able to specify ranges of account groups (arranged alphabetically) when defining allocation rules.

Plan labour items

Labour items provide information about hourly rates, general ledger accounts, and VAT categories to be used to account for labour on projects.

The general ledger accounts used for labour items should be mapped to appropriate account groups; otherwise, the transactions related to labour on projects will not be visible in the Projects workspace.

Decide what different types of labour are involved with projects and how they differ (thus, how their settings will differ). Decide how many labour items you will need for these types of labour.

Create a list of non-stock items to be used in projects

Write down all non-stock items to denote services, miscellaneous expenditures that may be used for projects, and various types of labour.

Select the general ledger accounts to be used for those items and note that the accounts should be mapped to the defined account groups.

Plan reason codes

To issue a stock item from a warehouse for a project, you have to specify a reason code that would provide appropriate accounts for the transaction.

The accounts specified for the reason codes should be mapped to appropriate account groups.

Plan attributes

Attributes can be used to store additional information about projects.

You can define the types of UI controls to be used for attributes and the lists of possible values; you can even make them required elements in the windows.

Plan on integrating Projects with other workspaces

The Projects workspace can be integrated with the General ledger, Supplier ledger, Customer ledger, Purchases, Inventory, and Cash management workspaces. Integration with a specific workspace means that projects are visible in this workspace, and the users can enter project-related transactions in this workspace.

Particular projects and their tasks can have their own (more narrow) visibility scopes.

Whether or not the Projects workspace is integrated with the General ledger and Customer ledger workspaces, the system will post the Projects transactions to the General ledger workspace and generate sales invoices.

Define integration with time and expenses

If you are going to track the time your employees’ work on specific projects, integrate the Projects workspace with the Time and expenses workspace.

With this integration, the Time and expenses workspace will initially release the employee time cards to the Projects workspace; then, on allocation, the Projects workspace will post them to General ledger.

Decide whether you need to track time on activities

Enabling the Time reporting on activities functionality will allow you to track the work time and overtime your employees spend on the activities related to projects. This functionality should be included in your license.

Also, plan the activity types for which you want to track time.

Create a list of employees who will work for projects Make sure that all the employees who will work on projects have employee and user accounts; also, make sure that their hourly rates are specified and the appropriate labour items are defined.
Design roles Design the roles you need for users who will configure rate tables, set up allocation and invoicing rules, manage projects, and enter the data for projects.
The steps below can be done later when you will be configuring project templates or creating particular projects.
Define @Rates (rate tables)

In Projects, @Rate is a parameter used in formulas of the allocation and invoicing rules.

Different rates can be applied to different transactions based on many related factors, such as particular tasks or projects, account groups, stock items involved, particular employees participating, and the particular step of the allocation or invoicing.

For example: You can charge customers for consultant work differently depending on the particular consultant involved in a project.

In the context of rate tables, rate is a number (@Rate) that you can use in allocation rules as a multiplier, an addend, or a constant value. For instance: To implement a price model that estimates the project price as total costs plus 10 percent, you can define a @Rate of 1.1 in the appropriate rate table and calculate the project price as the total cost multiplied by this rate.

For more information about rates and rate tables, see: About rate tables and Configure a rate table

Define earning types You will need non-stock items to account for labour on projects.
Design allocation rules

Allocation rules define how to:

  • Re-allocate costs between account categories, tasks, and projects.
  • Calculate burdens, overheads, not yet invoiced, and unearned revenues.
  • Select and group transactions for posting.
  • Calculate invoiceable amounts and generate sales invoices.

For more information about allocation rules, see: Allocation rules (PM207500)

Design invoicing rules Invoicing rules define how to invoice the customers for work performed by your company on specific projects. For more information about project invoicing, see: About project invoicing
Consider creating templates for projects and tasks

Review the planned projects, group them by similar properties, and decide on creating project templates. Review the project tasks, and write down a list of the tasks that are common for most projects (common tasks).

Also, create lists of tasks specific for each group of projects to include them in respective project templates.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

About setup and configuration of the workspace /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/settings-and-configuration/about-setup-and-configuration-of-the-workspace page This section will help you configure the Projects module in Visma Net. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About setup and configuration of the workspace This section will help you configure the Projects module in Visma Net. |No.|Action|Description| |---|---|---| |**1**|**Define the structure of project IDs**|Use the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window to define the segmentation of the following IDs: + Project ID (by using the **PROJECT** key) + Project task ID (by using the **PROTASK** key) + Account group ID (by using the **ACCGROUP** key)| |**2**|**Enter segment values for validated segments**|Use the [Segment values (CS203000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-values-cs203000/) window to enter allowed values for segments of the project ID, task ID, and account group ID that are configured as validated.| |**3**|**Define auto-number series**|Use the [Number series (CS201010)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/number-series-cs201010/) window to create or review number series to be used for batches and transactions originating in the Projects module. Visma Net is installed with the following predefined, ready-to-use number series: + BATCH: Shared number sereis for batches of all workspaces, ranging from 0000000001 to 9999999999 + PMTRAN: Number series for Projects transactions, ranging from PM00000001 to PM99999999 You can use these sequences or design other ones to better fit your organisation's needs. If needed, create a sequence for the auto-number series of the **PROJECT** segmented key.| |**4**|**Specify projects preferences**|Use the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window to configure the Projects module. For more information, see: [Set preferences for projects](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/settings-and-configuration/set-preferences-for-projects/)| |**5**|**Create account groups**|Use the [Account groups (PM201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/account-groups-pm201000/) window to create the designed account groups and map them to general ledger accounts. For more information, see: [Create an account group](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/create-an-account-group/)| |**6**|**Create roles**|Create roles by using the [User roles (SM201005)](/visma-net-erp/help/access-management/user-security/user-security-windows/user-roles-sm201005/) window, and for roles, assign the proper levels of access to the Projects windows.| |**7**|**Attributes**|Create attributes, which are defined in the [Attributes (CS205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/attributes-cs205000/) window. The definition of an attribute includes: 1. Attribute ID 1. Description 1. Control type: text, combo (selection from predefined list), check box (yes/no), or date and time. 1. Required or optional 1. Entry mask to validate entry for text or combo. 1. Regular expression for advanced validation of entry in text or combo (optional) 1. List of valid values for combo only; each value has a description and a sort order Finally, create the lists of attributes on the respective windows: + For account groups: [Account groups (PM201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/account-groups-pm201000/) window + For common tasks: [Common tasks (PM208030)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/common-tasks-pm208030/) window (when common tasks will be created) + For task templates: [Project template tasks (PM208010)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-template-tasks-pm208010/) window (when template tasks will be created)| |**8**|**Create rate types**|Use the [Rate types (PM204100)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-types-pm204100/) window to create rate types to be used in the rate tables for different steps of allocation rules. For more information, see: [Create rate types](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects/create-rate-types/)| |**9**|**Create rate tables**|Use the [Rate tables (PM204200)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-tables-pm204200/) window to create empty rate tables. Define rates in the rate tables by using the [Rate lookup rules (PM205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-lookup-rules-pm205000/) and the [Rate table maintenance (PM206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-table-maintenance-pm206000/) windows. For more information, see: [Configure a rate table](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects/configure-a-rate-table/)| |**10**|**Create sequences**|Use the [Rate lookup rules (PM205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-lookup-rules-pm205000/) window to create sequences (that is, lookup rules for factors defining the rates).| |**11**|**Fill in rate tables**|Use the [Rate table maintenance (PM206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-table-maintenance-pm206000/) window to enter current rates for all defined combinations of factors. For more information, see: [Configure a rate table](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects/configure-a-rate-table/)| |**12**|**Create allocation rules**|Use the [Allocation rules (PM207500)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/allocation-rules-pm207500/) window to create the rules for project allocation. For more information, see: [Set allocation rules](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/set-allocation-rules/)| |**13**|**Create invoicing rules**|Use the [Invoicing rules (PM207000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/invoicing-rules-pm207000/) window to create the rules for project invoicing. For more information, see: [Create an invoicing rule](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/create-an-invoicing-rule/)| |**14**|**Create project templates**|Use the [Project templates (PM208000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-templates-pm208000/) window to create project templates. For more information, see: [Create a project template](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/settings-and-configuration/create-a-project-template/)| |**15**|**Create template tasks and common tasks**|Use the [Project template tasks (PM208010)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-template-tasks-pm208010/) window to create template tasks and the [Common tasks (PM208030)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/common-tasks-pm208030/) window to create common tasks. For more information, see: [Create a project template task](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/create-a-project-template-task/) and [Create a common task](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/create-a-common-task/)|

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Set up and configure the workspace /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/settings-and-configuration/set-up-and-configure-the-workspace page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Set up and configure the workspace ## General settings ### Number series Go to the [Number series (CS201010)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/number-series-cs201010/) window. Check which number series your company uses and, if necessary, create the following: + EPCLAIM - expense claims + TIMECARD - time cards + PMTRAN - project transactions + PROJECT - project numbers ### Segment keys Go to the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window and, if necessary, create the following: + EMPLOYEE + PROJECT + PROTASK - project task + ACCGROUP - account group ### Reason codes Go to the [Reason codes (CS211000)](/visma-net-erp/help/inventory/inventory-windows/reason-codes-cs211000/) window. You must provide reason codes when you issue stock on projects, for example: |Reason code|Description|Usage| |---|---|---| |Project|Material for project|Issue| ### Labour rates Before using labour rates, you have to create non-stock items of the type **Labour** and link them to employees. For example, you can create a labour rate called **Senior consultant** and link this to the employees working as senior consultants. When creating a labour rate, you have to select an **item class** and a **posting class**. For each item, the **posting class** defines the accounts and subaccounts used to post transactions to the general ledger. #### Review the posting classes Go to the [Posting classes (IN206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/inventory/inventory-windows/posting-classes-in206000/) window. The following posting classes are available for the Projects workspace:
ID Description
9 Services
10 Project expenses (Travel)
These posting classes are linked to the item classes below. #### Review the item classes Go to the [Item classes (IN201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/inventory/inventory-windows/item-classes-in201000/) window. The following item classes are available for the Projects workspace:
ID Description
8 Services
9 Project expenses (Travel)
These posting classes and item classes ensure that the labour and expense items used in the Projects workspace are linked to the correct general ledger accounts. If the accounts that are linked to the stock and non-stock items are not linked to an account group, transactions on these accounts will not show up in the project balance. #### Create labour items Go to the [Non-stock items (IN202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/inventory/inventory-windows/non-stock-items-in202000/) window. Create non-stock items with the type **Labour**. Labour items provide information on hourly rates, general ledger accounts, and VAT categories you want to use to account for labour in projects. Example: |Item ID|Description|Item class|Type|Default price| |---|---|---|---|---| |PManager|Project Manager|8|Labour|1200 NOK| On the **General ledger accounts** tab, check that these accounts are correct: Expense accrual account, Expense account, Purchase accrual account, Sales account and Purchase price variance account. ## Organisational settings ### Work calendar Go to the [Work calendar (CS209000)](/visma-net-erp/help/organisation-structure/organisation-structure-windows/work-calendar-cs209000/) window. Work calendars are connected to employees and determine how many hours employees should register in their time sheets. Work calendars are also used for employees that work part-time. On the **Exceptions** tab, you can register days that are considered public holidays in your country. ### Employee classes Go to the [Employee classes (EP202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/organisation-structure/organisation-structure-windows/employee-classes-ep202000/) window. Employee classes are used to group employees with similar properties and to provide default settings for new employees. The system contains one employee class to begin with. On the **General settings** tab, review the general ledger accounts and settings to make sure they are correct. ### Departments Go to the [Departments (EP201500)](/visma-net-erp/help/organisation-structure/organisation-structure-windows/departments-ep201500/) window. Create the departments you need for your company, for example:
Department ID Description
CONSULT Consultancy
### Roles Go to the [User roles (SM201005)](/visma-net-erp/help/access-management/user-security/user-security-windows/user-roles-sm201005/) window. Create the roles you need for your company and assign the proper levels of access to the Project Accounting windows. ### Positions Go to the [Positions (EP201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/organisation-structure/organisation-structure-windows/positions-ep201000/) window. Create the positions you need for your company, for example:
Position ID Description
PMANAGER Project manager
### Employees Go to the [Employees (EP203000)](/visma-net-erp/help/organisation-structure/organisation-structure-windows/employees-ep203000/) window. Create the employees you need for your company. You can start by creating yourself as an employee for testing purposes. For detailed guidance, see [Create an employee](/visma-net-erp/help/time-and-expenses/reporting-of-time/create-an-employee/). ### Users Go to the [Users (SM201010)](/visma-net-erp/help/access-management/user-security/user-security-windows/users-sm201010/) window. 1. In the **Login** field, select your own user profile. Your user profile is displayed. 1. In the **Linked entity** field, select the employee profile you created for yourself. 1. Repeat this procedure for other users if needed. If an employee profile is not linked to a user profile, it is not possible to register time sheets or expenses for the given employee. ### Company tree Go to the [Company tree (EP204060)](/visma-net-erp/help/organisation-structure/organisation-structure-windows/company-tree-ep204060/) window. This window is used to set up which users will have access to employees' time sheets and expenses. For example, if you provide a user with project-controller access in the top of the company tree, that user will have access to time sheets and expense claims of all employees working on the project. This can, for example, be useful when an employee is not able to enter their own time sheet. The project controller can then enter the time sheet on behalf of the employee. ## Project settings ### Project accounting preferences Go to the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window. Please review all the preferences for the Projects workspace. For detailed guidance on setting these preferences, see: [Set preferences for projects](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/settings-and-configuration/set-preferences-for-projects/) #### Visibility settings Select the workspaces you want to integrate with the Projects workspace. If, for example, you have not selected Time and expenses, users will not be able to register hours and expenses to projects. ### Account groups Account groups make it possible to transfer information between the Projects workspace and other workspaces by associating transactions posted in other workspaces with a given project. Account groups are used to track the budget, expenses, and revenues of projects. An account group of a particular type is mapped to specific general ledger accounts of the same type. Review the account groups and linked general ledger accounts shown in the [Account groups (PM201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/account-groups-pm201000/) window. If needed, you can create supplementary account groups. For more information, see: [Create an account group](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/create-an-account-group/) For any project, the related account groups are displayed on the **Balances** tab in the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window and show the accumulated transaction amounts for the linked general ledger accounts. If you want Visma Net to display the general ledger accounts for stock items, non-stock items, expense items, and labour items in the project balance, you must make sure that you have registered the expense accounts for these items. You can only select accounts that are linked to account groups in the [Allocation rules (PM207500)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/allocation-rules-pm207500/) window. ### Rate tables If your project uses a pricing model in which price may differ depending on multiple factors, such as task and stock item, you need to define this model in Visma Net by using rate tables that provide rates for different sets of factors. For more information, see: [Configure a rate table](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects/configure-a-rate-table/) Go to the [Rate tables (PM204200)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-tables-pm204200/) window. Use the following rate table:
Rate table Description
STANDARD Standard rate able
### Rate types **Rate types** define how rates should be selected for specific steps of the allocation rules. Go to the [Rate types (PM204100)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-types-pm204100/) window. The Projects service comes with the following rate types. The allocation rules provided by Visma Net use the following rate types:
Type Description
1 Invoicing rate for labour
2 Invoicing rate for material
3 Invoicing rate for subcontractors
4 Invoicing rate for travel expenses
### Rate lookup rules Go to the [Rate lookup rules (PM205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-lookup-rules-pm205000/) window. Rate lookup rules allow you to create sequences that the service will use to find the correct rate in the rate table. For example: If you want to use different rates for different tasks, you can select the **Project task** check box in a sequence, and then use the [Rate tables (PM204200)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-tables-pm204200/) window to define the rate, and to specify the particular tasks you want to apply this rate for. If you select the **Project task** check box, the [Rate tables (PM204200)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-tables-pm204200/) window will display the **Project task** tab. The same logic goes for project, account group, inventory, and employee. *1. In the example below, we use inventory for **Invoicing rate for labour**: This adds the **Inventory** tab to the window. You now have to link a non-stock item of the type **Labour** to the rate. **Rate table**: STANDARD **Rate type**: 1 - Invoicing rate for labour (the labour category assigned to each employee determines posting). |Sequence|Description|Project|Project task|Account group|Inventory|Employee| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |100|Project manager||||x|| 1. **Rate table**: STANDARD **Rate type**: 2 - Invoicing rate for material. |Sequence|Description|Project|Project task|Account group|Inventory|Employee| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |100|Material invoicing rate|||x||| In the example above, Visma Net activates the **Account group** tab, and you will have to link a rate to an account group. In this case, you must make sure that the expense account for the stock item you use for material on a project is registered to the account group you select for the rate. Otherwise, it will not show up on your project balances. 1. **Rate table**: STANDARD **Rate type**: 3 - Invoicing rate for subcontractors. |Sequence|Description|Project|Project task|Account group|Inventory|Employee| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |100|Sr. consultant|||x||| 1. **Rate table**: STANDARD **Rate type**: 4 - Invoicing rate for travel expenses. |Sequence|Description|Project|Project task|Account group|Inventory|Employee| |---|---|---|---|---|---|---| |100|Travel invoicing rate|||x||| ### Maintain rate tables Go to the [Rate table maintenance (PM206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-table-maintenance-pm206000/) window to specify the actual rates for each sequences or for each combination of particular factors. On the **Rate** tab you set the start/end date and the actual rate for the selected combination. The second tab will depend on the factor chosen in the [Rate lookup rules (PM205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-lookup-rules-pm205000/) window. It can be either **Project**, **Project task**, **Account group**, **Item** or **Employee**. On this second tab, you specify the parameters for the given rate. #### Manage rate tables for labour categories In the example below, the rate type is 1 - **Invoicing rate for labour**, and for the rate lookup rules, inventory is set as the factor that defines the rate selection. Therefore, you will see the **Inventory** tab. |Section in the window|Field|Value| |---|---|---| |Top part|Rate table|STANDARD| |Top part|Rate type|1- Invoicing rate for labour| |Top part|Sequence|100 - Project manager| |Top part|Rate code|STANDARD| |Top part|Description|Project manager rate| |The **Rate** tab|Start date|01.01.2016| |The **Rate** tab|End date|| |The **Rate** tab|Rate|800.00| |The **Inventory** tab|Inventory ID|PManager| #### Manage rate tables for material In the example below, the **Material** tab is displayed because **Account group** is selected in the rate lookup rules. The rate is valid for all transactions that are linked to account group 6 - Material. |Section in the window|Field|Value| |---|---|---| |Top part|Rate table|STANDARD| |Top part|Rate type|2 - Invoicing rate for material| |Top part|Sequence|100 - Material invoicing rate| |Top part|Rate code|STANDARD| |Top part|Description|Material rates| |The **Rate** tab|Start date|01.01.2016| |The **Rate** tab|End date|| |The **Rate** tab|Rate|1.2| |The **Rate** tab|Account group|6| |The **Rate** tab|Description|Material| #### Manage rate tables for subcontractors |Section in the window|Field|Value| |---|---|---| |Top part|Rate table|STANDARD| |Top part|Rate type|3 - Invoicing rate for subcontractors| |Top part|Sequence|100 - Sr. consultant| |Top part|Rate code|STANDARD| |Top part|Description|Labour rate Sr. consultant subcon.| |The **Rate** tab|Start date|01.01.2016| |The **Rate** tab|End date|| |The **Rate** tab|Rate|950.00| |The **Rate** tab|Account group|7| |The **Rate** tab|Description|Subcontractors| #### Manage rates tables for travel expenses |Section in the window|Field|Value| |---|---|---| |Top part|Rate table|STANDARD| |Top part|Rate type|4 - Invoicing rate for travel expenses| |Top part|Sequence|100 - Travel invoicing rate| |Top part|Rate code|STANDARD| |Top part|Description|Travel rate| |The **Rate** tab|Start date|01.01.2016| |The **Rate** tab|End date|| |The **Rate** tab|Rate|1.0| |The **Rate** tab|Account group|8| |The **Rate** tab|Description|Travel| ### Project attributes For more information about how to create project attributes, see: [Create project attributes](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/create-project-attributes/) The attributes shown in the [Project attributes (PM202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-attributes-pm202000/) window (and on the **Attributes** tab in other project-related windows) can be used when you set up allocation rules for a project: **MARGIN** (can be used with the allocation rule **Cost plus** ). If you now enter 10 as the attribute for margin in a project (with the allocation rule for cost plus projects), the system calculates a 10% margin over all costs. ### Allocation and invoicing rules In the Projects workspace, the process of allocating amounts to specific accounts, account groups (or both) to acknowledge expenses and revenues is called 'allocation'. Each month (or other period), you can allocate amounts of the expenditures involved in the project and the predicted future revenues. **Invoicing rules** are used to specify which allocated transactions in the Projects workspace that you want to include in the invoices. You select the transaction based on the account group they are associated with. **Allocation rules** are used to correctly track project expenditures and revenues. #### Allocation rules If your project uses a complex cost accrual model, allocation rules ensure that project expenditures and future revenues are tracked correctly. Allocation rules are managed in the [Allocation rules (PM207500)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/allocation-rules-pm207500/) window. For more information, see: [Set allocation rules](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/set-allocation-rules/) The following allocation rules are included in Projects workspace:
1 - Fixed price, unrecognised revenue Projects your company has negotiated a fixed price with the customer for.
2 - Time and material, unrecognised revenue Projects you invoice the actual use of time, materials, and expenses for.
3 - Time and material with WIP, unrecognised revenue Same as Time and material, but when the system allocates all time, material, and expense, the system transfers the transactions to a work-in-progress (WIP) account (balance account).
4 - Cost plus project, unrecognised revenue

These projects do not use the rate table to calculate the sales rates, but instead use a mark-up percentage for all project transactions.

You must enter the mark-up percentage in the Projects (PM301000) window, on the Attributes tab.

5 - None Can be used for internal projects you only register expenses for.
#### Invoicing rules Invoicing rules define which of the transactions should be used for invoicing and which accounts should be used to record the transactions that are generated in the invoicing process. Invoicing rules are managed in the [Invoicing rules (PM207000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/invoicing-rules-pm207000/) window. For more information, see: [Create an invoicing rule](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/create-an-invoicing-rule/) The following invoicing rules are included in Projects workspace:
1 - Standard A standard invoicing rule that has no particular functionality. You can use this to invoice the transactions that have been registered in the Not yet invoiced account group.
2 - Guaranteed maximum price An invoicing rule that registers the amount that was entered on the budget on account group revenue, and does not allow any invoicing transactions that could involve exceeding the revised, budgeted quantity or amount (or both).
3 - WIP invoicing This invoicing rule uses only allocated transactions that include accounts of the WIP account group.
4 - None This invoicing rule can be used for internal projects or projects that will not be invoiced.
#### Supported combinations of allocations and invoicing rules The following combinations of allocation and invoicing rules are supported by the Projects workspace: |||||| |---|---|---|---|---| |#### Invoicing rules Allocation rules|**Standard**|**Guaranteed maximum price**|**WIP invoicing**|**None**| |**Fixed price, unrecognised revenue**|X|||X| |**Time and material, unrecognised revenue**|X|X||X| |**Time and material with WIP, unrecognised revenue**||(X)*|X|| |**Cost plus project, unrecognised revenue**|X|X||X| |**None**||||X| \* Mark WIP account group in Invoicing rules. > [!NOTE] > You can also limit users' access to and visibility of information about particular projects and related transactions. You can use roles to provide access to windows according to employees' responsibilities and restriction groups to configure the visibility of particular projects only to a responsible team.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Set preferences for projects /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/settings-and-configuration/set-preferences-for-projects section There are the following steps you need to go through to set the preferences for the project accounting workspace. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Set preferences for projects There are the following steps you need to go through to set the preferences for the project accounting workspace. ## Step 1: General settings 1. Go to the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window. 1. In the **Transaction number series** field, select a numbering ID for project-related transactions. 1. In the **Batch number series** field, select a numbering ID for batches. 1. In the **Non-project code** field, fill in a code you consequently will use for any transaction that is not associated with a project. This code can be a ten-character string of letters and numbers. 1. In the **Invoiceable cut-off date** field, decide whether you want to include or exclude transactions created on the invoicing date. 1. Optional: For invoices, you can also select one or both of the check boxes: **Automatically post on release** and **Automatically release allocations**. ## Step 2: Visibility settings Select the check boxes in this section to indicate which modules you want to integrate with the Projects workspace. ## Step 3: Account settings These settings define the rules for how you will select the expense account and subaccount to be used in transactions generated in the Projects workspace when time cards are released. 1. In the **Expense account source** field, click the drop-down list to choose between: + **Labour item** If you select this option, the system will use the default account associated with the labour item specified on the time card. For labour items, the default expense account is specified in the **Expense account** field on the **General ledger accounts** tab of the [Non-stock items (IN202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/inventory/inventory-windows/non-stock-items-in202000/) window. + **Project** If you select this option, the system will use the default account associated with the underlying project and specified in the **Default account** field on the **General settings** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. + **Task** If you select this option, the system will use the default account associated with the underlying task and specified in the **Default account** field on the **General settings** tab of the [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/) window. + **Employee** If you select this option, the system will use the default account associated with the employee. For employees, the default expense account is specified in the **Expense account** field on the **Financial settings** tab of the [Employees (EP203000)](/visma-net-erp/help/organisation-structure/organisation-structure-windows/employees-ep203000/) window. 1. To set up the rule of selecting segment values for the expense subaccount to be used for projects transactions, go to the **Expense sub. source** field. Position your cursor in the field, press **F3** on your keyboard and select one of the following options: > [!NOTE] > The **Expense sub. source** field is only available if, in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window, the **Subaccounts** option is enabled. + **E** The subaccount associated with the employee specified in the time card. For employees, the default expense subaccount is specified in the **Expense sub.** field, on the **Financial settings** tab in the [Employees (EP203000)](/visma-net-erp/help/organisation-structure/organisation-structure-windows/employees-ep203000/) window. + **I** The subaccount associated with the non-stock item (labour item) used in the time card. For labour items, the default expense subaccount is specified in the **Expense Sub.** field, on the **General ledger accounts** tab in the [Non-stock items (IN202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/inventory/inventory-windows/non-stock-items-in202000/) window. + **P** The subaccount associated with the project and specified in the **Default sub.** field, on the **General settings** tab in the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. + **T** The subaccount associated with the project task and specified in the **Default sub.** field, on the **General settings** tab in the [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/) window. 1. In the **Expense accrual account source** field, click on the drop-down to select the source of the account for the credit side of the project transactions to be generated on release of the time cards. Select one of the following options: + **Labour item accrual** Use as the default in projects transactions the accrual account associated with the labour item on the timecard. For labour items, this account is specified in the **Expense accrual account** field on the **General ledger accounts** tab in the [Non-stock items (IN202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/inventory/inventory-windows/non-stock-items-in202000/) window. + **Project** Use in projects transactions the accrual account associated with the project and specified in the **Default accrual account** field on the **General settings** tab in the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. + **Task** Use as the default in projects transactions the default account associated with the task and specified in the **Default accrual account** field on the **General settings** tab in the [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/) window. 1. To set up the rule of selecting segment values for the expense accrual subaccount to be used for projects transactions, go to the **Expense accrual sub. source** field. > [!NOTE] > The **Expense accrual sub. source** field is only available if, in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window, the **Subaccounts** option is enabled. Position your cursor in the field, press **F3** on your keyboard and select one of the following options: + **E** The default accrual expense subaccount associated with the employee specified in the time card. For employees, the default expense subaccount is specified in the **Expense sub.** field, on the **Financial settings** tab in the [Employees (EP203000)](/visma-net-erp/help/organisation-structure/organisation-structure-windows/employees-ep203000/) window. + **I** The default expense accrual subaccount associated with the non-stock item (labour item) used in the time card. For labour items, the default accrual subaccount is specified in the **Expense accrual sub.** field, on the **General ledger accounts** tab in the [Non-stock items (IN202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/inventory/inventory-windows/non-stock-items-in202000/) window. + **P** The default accrual subaccount associated with the project and specified in the **Default accrual sub.** field, on the **General settings** tab in the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. + **T** The default accrual subaccount associated with the project task and specified in the **Default accrual sub.** field, on the **General settings** tab in the [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/) window. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png).

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Create a project template /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/settings-and-configuration/create-a-project-template section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create a project template 1. Go to the [Project templates (PM208000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-templates-pm208000/) window. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Status** field, click the drop down and choose between **Active** or **On hold**. 1. In the **Description** field, enter a short description of your project template. 1. Go to the **General settings** tab. Customise your new project template by filling in any relevant information. 1. In the **Default subaccount** field, fill in the number of the subaccount you want to link to this project template. > [!NOTE] > If you do not want to use a subaccount: enter 00-000. 1. Optional: Click the **Tasks**, **Employees** and **Account task mapping** tabs to further customise your template, for example to add project tasks and employees. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png).

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Manage pricing in Projects /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage pricing in Projects About rate tables /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects/about-rate-tables page Effective pricing management is crucial for successful project execution. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About rate tables Effective pricing management is crucial for successful project execution. In Visma Net, the rate tables feature within the Projects module allows you to balance project revenues and costs efficiently. To achieve desired business outcomes and make the most of your project budget, it is essential to develop a suitable pricing model. ## Rate table + You use a rate table to determine a specific value, a rate, for a particular transaction to be processed with the help of allocation rules. The table includes rates for all combinations of factors that might affect the rate, such as particular tasks, account groups, stock items involved, employees participating, etc. + You can also create distinct rate sets for individual steps in allocation rules by utilizing various rate types for each step. The rate or value obtained from the rate table for every transaction can be referenced in the allocation rule formulas as **@Rate** and employed as a multiplier, an addend, or a constant. + You can create one rate table to be used for all projects or multiple tables to be used for different projects. + If you want to define rates of different types, such as expressed as factors (1.2, 1.0, 0.2), defined as amounts (€1000), or defined as hourly rates (€100 per hour), create a separate rate table for each type. ## Rate table configuration You fully configure a rate table in four stages by using the following windows: 1. [Rate tables (PM204200)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-tables-pm204200/): To create a rate table. Initially, you just create an empty container for a new rate table; later, in another window, you will specify the rates and date ranges. 1. [Rate types (PM204100)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-types-pm204100/): Create rate types by establishing empty containers for them. Think of a rate type as a new dimension within the same table. Commonly, various rates are used for allocating labour costs, revenues, and expenses. At this point, determine the number and types of rate types needed; later, when creating allocation rules, assign different rate types to specific steps of allocation rules, allowing for step-specific rates. 1. [Rate lookup rules (PM205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-lookup-rules-pm205000/): To create sequences, each of which is a set of factors. Any combination of the following factors can be specified for a sequence: **Project**, **Project task**, **Account group**, **Item**, and **Employee**. 1. [Rate table maintenance (PM206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-table-maintenance-pm206000/): To actually specify the rates (with their date ranges) for each sequence or for each combination of particular factors. You can define rate codes on the fly to define multiple rates for the same sequence. ## Rate lookup sequences For rate tables, sequence include multiple factors that may affect the rates. You define sequences by using the [Rate lookup rules (PM205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-lookup-rules-pm205000/) window as follows: + A sequence determines the factors that influence the rate, such as projects, project tasks, employees, account groups, or items. For instance, if tasks are a factor, unique rates can be applied to specific tasks or to certain tasks within particular projects when specific employees work on those tasks. + The order of numeric identifiers for sequences is crucial, as it determines the sequence in which the system searches for rates. Starting with the first sequence (smallest number), the system compares the factors specified in transactions with those defined by the current sequence. If there is a match, the rate is assigned to the **@Rate** parameter. If not, the system proceeds to the next sequence (by number). If no matching factors are found for the last sequence, the system follows the selected option for that allocation rule step. Options include: **Set @Rate to 1**, **Set @Rate to 0**, **Raise error**, and **Do not allocate**. A rate table may include different sets of sequences for different rate types. ## Rate codes A rate code serves as an extra dimension in a rate table, allowing for simpler configuration. By utilizing rate codes, you can decrease the number of sequences needed for each rate table-rate type pair, making it easier to specify all the necessary different rates. A rate code serves as an extra dimension in a rate table, allowing for simpler configuration. By utilising rate codes, you can decrease the number of sequences needed for each rate table-rate type pair, making it easier to specify all the necessary different rates. For example, suppose that you want to define a specific rate for each employee working on a project. You have two possible ways to create such rates: + Create as many sequences with the **Employee** check box selected as there are employees to have a separate rate. In the rate table, enter one rate code for all these sequences. For each sequence, select a particular employee and enter the rate. + Create only one sequences with the **Employee** check box selected. In the rate table, for each employee with a specific rate, enter a separate rate code, select the employee, and enter the rate for this employee. The total number of code-sequence combinations remains the same for both methods. However, using rate codes allows you to reuse the same sequence for defining multiple rates. It is important to note that even when using different rate codes, combinations of specific factors must be unique within a sequence. When searching for rates, the system will search through all rate codes. ## Rate specification By using the [Rate table maintenance (PM206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-table-maintenance-pm206000/) window, you can finally fill in the rate table for each rate type that you are going to use in the allocation rules. + Enter the rates along with the date range when they are effective. On the tabs for various factor types (which show up if defined in the rate lookup rules), provide specific factors like projects, tasks, employees, items, or account groups. + The rate application condition can be defined using the following rules: When conditions apply to specific projects, items, employees, or account groups, they are connected using OR operators. However, when conditions involve different rate factors, they are connected using AND operators.

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

Configure a rate table /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects/configure-a-rate-table section In Visma Net, you can implement virtually any pricing model by using rate tables and rate types. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Configure a rate table In Visma Net, you can implement virtually any pricing model by using rate tables and rate types. In Visma Net, you can implement virtually any pricing model by using rate tables and rate types. For more information about the functionality, see: [About rate tables](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects/about-rate-tables/) ## Create a new rate table 1. Go to the [Rate table maintenance (PM206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-table-maintenance-pm206000/) window. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Rate table** column, type the identifier for the new rate table. 1. In the **Description** column, provide a description for this new rate table. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). ## Create rate types 1. Go to the [Rate types (PM204100)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-types-pm204100/) window. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Rate type** column, type the ID for the new rate type. Specify identifiers in accordance with the type of allocation to be performed with this rate type, such as **LABOUR** for labour cost allocations and **BURDEN** for allocating costs. 1. In the **Description** column, provide a description for this new rate table. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). ## Create sequences 1. Go to the [Rate lookup rules (PM205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-lookup-rules-pm205000/) window. 1. In the **Rate table** field, select the rate table that you want to configure. 1. In the **Rate type** field, select one of the rate types to be used with this rate table. 1. For each planned sequence, do the following: 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Sequence** column, type the sequence reference number. You can enter only digits in this field. > [!NOTE] > Leave a gap between reference numbers if you want to be able to insert additional sequences if needed without renumbering the existing sequences. 1. In the **Description** column, provide a description for this new sequence. 1. Select which types of factors affect the rate by selecting the check boxes in the respective columns: **Project**, **Project task**, **Account group**, **Inventory**, and **Employee**. 1. Review the reference numbers of sequences and adjust them if needed, keeping in mind that the numbers define the order in which the system will be applying the sequences to find the rate. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). 1. If you plan to use the rate table with more than one rate type (that is, in more than one allocation step), perform Steps 3 through 6 for each remaining rate type. ## Enter rates 1. Go to the [Rate table maintenance (PM206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-table-maintenance-pm206000/) window. 1. In the **Rate table** field, select the rate table you are going to fill in. 1. In the **Rate type** field, select the rate type for which you are going to define rates in the selected rate table. 1. In the **Sequence** field, select one of the sequences defined for this rate table and this rate type, which you created by using the [Rate lookup rules (PM205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-lookup-rules-pm205000/) window, as described in the previous section. For the factors selected for this sequence, the respective tabs appear. 1. In the **Rate code** field, type the new rate code. 1. In the **Description** field, provide a description of the rate code to be used for a new set of factors. 1. On the **Rate** tab, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Start date** column, select the date when the rate will become (or has become) effective. 1. In the **End date** column, select the date that ends that date range when the rate is effective. 1. In the **Rate** column, enter the rate. 1. On each tab with a factor defined by this sequence, create the list of particular factors for which this rate is applicable as follows: 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the first column, select the particular factor of the specified type. (For instance, select an employee if this is the **Employee** tab. 1. Repeat the two previous sub steps until you have selected all the particular factors of the type for which this rate is applicable. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). 1. If you want to specify a rate for another rate code, repeat Steps 5 through 11. 1. Repeat Steps 4 through 12 until you have specified rates for all of the sequences defined for this rate table and this rate type. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). 1. If you plan to use the rate table in more than one allocation step, repeat Steps 3 through 14 for another rate type.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Create rate types /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects/create-rate-types section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create rate types 1. Go to the [Rate types (PM204100)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-types-pm204100/) window. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Rate type** field, enter the identifier for the rate type. This can be a ten-character string of letters and numbers. 1. In the **Description** field, enter a more detailed description of the rate type. This can be a 50-character string of letters and numbers. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). To create another rate type, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png).

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Create rate lookup rules /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects/create-rate-lookup-rules section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create rate lookup rules 1. Go to the [Rate lookup rules (PM205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-lookup-rules-pm205000/) window. 1. In the **Rate table** field, select the rate table you want to specify sequences for. 1. In the **Rate type** field, select the rate type you want to specify sequences for. You define these rate types in the [Rate types (PM204100)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-types-pm204100/) window. 1. For each planned sequence, do the following: 1. Review the reference numbers of sequences and adjust them if needed, keeping in mind that the numbers define the order in which the system will be applying the sequences to find the rate. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). 1. If you plan to use the rate table with more than one rate type (that is, in more than one allocation step), repeat step 3 - 5 for each rate type.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Specify rates for rate tables /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects/specify-rates-for-rate-tables section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Specify rates for rate tables 1. Go to the [Rate table maintenance (PM206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-table-maintenance-pm206000/) window. 1. In the **Rate table** field, select the ID of the rate table you want to set rates for. 1. In the **Rate type** field, select the rate type you want to view or maintain rates for. 1. In the **Sequence** field, select the sequence of the rate table for which you want to view or maintain rates. 1. In the **Rate code** field, select the rate code you want to define rates for. In order to create a new rate code, you can enter its identifier in this field. 1. In the **Description** field, enter a description for the rate code. 1. On the **Rate** tab, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Start date** column, enter the start date of the period when the rate is valid. 1. In the **End date** column, enter the end date of the period when the rate is valid. 1. In the **Rate** column, enter the rate. 1. On each tab with a factor defined by this sequence, create the list of particular factors for which this rate is applicable: 1. In the table toolbar, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the first column, select the particular factor of the specified type (for example, select an employee if this is the **Employee** tab). 1. Repeat steps a and b until you have selected all the factors of the type for which this rate is applicable. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png) in the table toolbar. 1. To specify a rate for another rate code, repeat steps 4 - 10. 1. Repeat steps 3 - 11 until you have specified rates for all of the sequences defined for this rate table and this rate type. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). 1. If you plan to use the rate table in more than one allocation step, repeat steps 1 through 13 for another rate type.

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

Manage allocations and invoicing rules /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage allocations and invoicing rules About labour and revenue allocation /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/about-labour-and-revenue-allocation page For information about how to set allocation rules, see: Set allocation rules 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About labour and revenue allocation For information about how to set allocation rules, see: Set allocation rules For more information: [Set allocation rules](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/set-allocation-rules/). In Visma Net, **allocation** is the process of allocating amounts to specific accounts, account groups, or both to acknowledge expenses and revenues. The allocation process is governed by allocation rules you specify by using the [Allocation rules (PM207500)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/allocation-rules-pm207500/) window. The allocation process consists of two basic stages: Selection of transactions : By using allocation rule settings, Visma Net selects only those transactions that conform to the rule settings. These are used as underlying transactions for allocating amounts and quantities. For instance: You can use as an underlying transaction an invoice your employee paid when providing service to a customer. Allocation : Visma Net generates one or more allocation transactions with the amounts and quantities calculated based on those of the underlying transactions. You can specify rules that generate any transactions involving any accounts and posting; however, you normally use allocation to account for your current reimbursable costs (based on the completion percents of project tasks) and future revenues from the project. For instance: If you use a cost-based pricing model that implies a 15 percent up tick, you can specify an allocation rule that adds up all the cost transactions' current amounts, multiplies the sum by 1.15, and debits the resulting amount to the account you use for tracking your non-invoiced revenue. ## Tracking current revenue You may want to view future revenues as they are accumulated during project execution, regardless of when they will be actually recognised, charged to the customer, or both. For instance, the project may be invoiced monthly but you may need to track the amount you will invoice to the customer weekly or even daily. This way, you can continuously monitor how the actual revenues align with the projected revenues for the project. In Visma Net, you can track future project-related revenues as they are accumulated by allocating the corresponding amounts to special account groups. To track future revenues, you need to create the following account groups: Non-invoiced revenue: : This is an account group of the **Asset** type used to accumulate future revenue. When you view the allocation rule in the [Invoicing rules (PM207000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/invoicing-rules-pm207000/) window, this account group appears in the **Debit** column. This way, each time you run allocation, you post to this account group the amounts that you plan to invoice to the customer. This account group may include multiple accounts to enable allocating different amounts for different allocations, for instance, allocating amounts for travel, labour, and services. Alternatively, you can use different accounting groups for each of these categories. Unrecognised revenue: : This account group of the **Liability** type is used to accumulate unrecognised revenue. When you view the allocation rule in the [Allocation rules (PM207500)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/allocation-rules-pm207500/) window, this account group appears in the **Credit** column. This way, each time you run allocation, you post the amounts that you plan to recognise as revenue to this account group. This account group may include multiple accounts to enable allocating different amounts for different allocations. Each time you run allocation, you debit the account group used for non-invoiced revenue and credit the account group used for unrecognised revenue for the same amount. Later, you will recognise this amount as revenue and charge it to the customer when you run invoicing for the project. ## Multiple steps of the allocation rules For allocation purposes, you normally use the cost transactions. In Visma Net, this method is called **Transaction** and is defined in the allocation rule for the project. This method can be used in multiple steps of an allocation rule. With this method, the pricing for the project is based on direct costs associated with the project. Using multiple steps of the **Transaction** type, you can allocate future revenues for different activities. For example: The first step can allocate reimbursable travel expenses, while the second step can allocate labour time. ## Allocating labour in Projects + If the Projects module is not enabled, the release of a transaction in the Time and expenses workspace generates the corresponding transactions in the Supplier ledger workspace. Enabling the Projects module in Visma Net changes the way transactions are released in the Time and expenses workspace. + When non-project transactions are released, Visma Net generates regular supplier ledger transactions. If you enable the Projects module functionality, the release of a transaction associated with a specific project does not generate a supplier ledger transaction, but instead generates the corresponding Projects module transactions. + The further processing of the project transactions originating in the Time and expenses workspace is handled in the Projects module using allocation and invoicing rules. This workflow with the extra stage allows you to use costs in allocating and invoicing for projects and implement a cost-driven pricing model. Once you have all direct labour costs for the project entered in the Projects module, you can use the transaction information to allocate for the project any amounts and quantities enforced by your pricing model. About allocating transactions /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/about-allocating-transactions page In the Projects workspace, allocation is the process of distributing amounts to specific accounts, account groups, or both, to recognise expenses and revenues. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About allocating transactions In the Projects workspace, allocation is the process of distributing amounts to specific accounts, account groups, or both, to recognise expenses and revenues. In the Projects workspace, allocation is the process of distributing amounts to specific accounts, account groups, or both, to recognise expenses and revenues. For example, each month you can allocate amounts of the actual expenditures in the project and the future revenues calculated based on those expenditures. The allocation process is governed by allocation rules, which you specify in the [Allocation rules (PM207500)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/allocation-rules-pm207500/) window. There are two stages in the allocation process: 1. Transaction selection Visma Net uses allocation rule settings to select only those transactions that conform to the rules. These are used as underlying transactions for allocating amounts and quantities. As underlying transactions, you can, for example, use invoices that your employees paid when they provided a service to a customer. 1. Allocation The Projects workspace generates one or more allocation transactions with the amounts and quantities calculated, based on the amounts and quantities in the underlying transactions. You can specify rules that generate any transactions involving any accounts and postings, but you normally use allocation to account for any current costs that can be reimbursed (based on the completion percentages of project tasks) and future revenues from the project. If you, for example, use a cost-based pricing model that implies a 15 percent rise, you can specify an allocation rule that adds up all the current amounts of cost transactions, then multiplies the sum by 1.15, and debits the resulting amount to the account you use for tracking your not-yet-invoiced revenue. ## Completion percentage Before you run allocation, you have to make sure that the percentage of completion is set on the task(s): + For fixed contract projects: Set the task with the contract amount on the right completion percentage. + For time and material projects: make sure that the completion percentage of each task is correct. + When you use the **Cost plus** allocation method, you must set a margin percentage on the **Attributes** tab in the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window, and make sure that the percentage of completion per task is correct.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

About project invoicing /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/about-project-invoicing page To invoice customers for the services provided as a part of a project, you can generate invoices based on the information collected in the Projects module. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About project invoicing To invoice customers for the services provided as a part of a project, you can generate invoices based on the information collected in the Projects module. To invoice customers for the services provided as a part of a project, you can generate invoices based on the information collected in the Projects module. The invoicing procedure is available only for external projects or for projects associated with customers. You can run the invoicing procedure automatically, manually, or on a schedule. You can enable draft invoices for a particular project, which gives you the ability to review and modify invoiceable transactions and amounts in a draft invoice before you prepare the final sales invoice with all information copied from the draft invoice. ## Invoicing procedure In Visma Net, you perform project invoicing by using one of the following windows: + In the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window, you can run invoicing for the selected project by clicking **Run project invoicing** in the window toolbar. If the project is pending invoicing, the system creates an invoice with a date that is the same as the **Next invoicing date** of the project. For projects with the **On demand** invoicing period, the date of the invoice is the business date. + In the [Run project invoicing (PM503000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/run-project-invoicing-pm503000/) window, you can run invoicing for multiple projects that are pending invoicing, depending on the **Invoice date** selected in the top part of the window. The system creates invoices with a date that is the same as the **Invoice date**. In both windows, the system invoices only a project that is pending invoicing or at least one of the following exist for the project: + A non-invoiced transaction that is ready to be invoiced on the invoice date or the date of the transaction is not later than the invoice date. The invoice date is the date of the invoice that the system creates during the invoicing. The invoice date depends on the window where you run invoicing as follows: + In the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window, the invoice date is the **Next invoicing date**, which is specified on the **Summary** tab, for all the projects except those that are invoiced on demand. + In the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window, the invoice date is the business date for all the projects for which the **Invoicing period**, which is specified on the **Summary** tab, is **On demand**. + In the [Run project invoicing (PM503000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/run-project-invoicing-pm503000/) window, the invoice date is the **Invoice date**, which in specified in the top part of the window. Whether the system uses or not the transactions with the date is equal to the invoice date depends on the **Invoicing cut-off date** setting in the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window as follows: + **Include trans. created on invoicing date**: With this setting, the non-invoiced transaction is ready to be invoiced if its date is earlier than or the same as the invoice date. + **Exclude trans. created on invoicing date**: With this setting, the non-invoiced transaction is ready to be invoiced if its date is earlier than the invoice date. + A revenue budget line with a non-zero pending invoice amount on the **Revenue budget** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. + An amount postponed to the next invoicing from a pro forma invoice for which the corresponding sales invoice is released. + A task with a recurring invoicing item. + For the **Time and material** steps of the invoicing rules of project tasks, the system selects all the outstanding allocated project transactions and generates an invoice for the customer based on these transactions and according to the invoicing rule (for details about invoicing rules, see the section below). If you do not want to invoice any of the transactions, you can use the [Reverse non-invoiced transactions (PM505000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/reverse-non-invoiced-transactions-pm505000/) window to reverse allocated transactions (either all listed transactions at once or only the selected ones). + For the **Progress invoicing** steps of the invoicing rules of project tasks whose processing does not involve allocations, the system generates an invoice with the invoiceable project revenue, meaning the revenue budget lines with a non-zero **Pending invoice amount** listed on the **Revenue budget** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. For the invoicing process for a project to be run successfully, the project should meet the following criteria: + All the mandatory settings are for the project and its tasks. + The project status is be **Active**, **Completed**, or **Suspended**. + The status of the project tasks is **Active** or **Completed**, and the invoicing rule should be specified for these tasks. + The project has a provision for invoicing or a non-invoiced project transaction associated with the task within this invoicing period for a time and material invoicing. + The steps of the invoicing rule should be applicable to the invoicing provisions. For example: The invoicing rule of a task that is supposed to be invoiced by a revenue budget line should have a **Progress invoicing** step. ## Invoicing rules For each project task, the invoicing process is defined by invoicing rules, which are defined in the [Invoicing rules (PM207000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/invoicing-rules-pm207000/) window. For each invoicing rule, you can create steps of the following types: + A single **Progress invoicing** step to invoice pending invoice amounts + Multiple **Time and material** steps to invoice transactions by different account groups In a single invoicing rule, you can mix these types of invoicing steps, as well as create separate invoicing rules for each type of step. Each step of a invoicing rule has a variety of settings that depend on the step type, including the following: + The account group that is used as a filter to select the transactions for invoicing by the **Time and material** invoicing steps. The system selects all the transactions that are due for invoicing when the invoicing procedure is run. Normally, you use for invoicing the same account group or groups that you use for accumulating the unrecognised revenue. By running invoicing for these account groups, you recognise the revenue. + Formulas to define the description of the invoice and each invoice line. + Formulas to calculate the amount and quantity of the invoice lines created by the **Time and material** invoicing steps. + The sources of the sales account and the destination branch for each invoice line. The invoicing process uses the originating branch from the project settings in the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window and the destination branches from the sources according to the invoicing rules. When a sales invoice is released, the customer ledger account is updated under the originating branch of the invoice, while the revenue amounts are recorded to the destination branches of the invoice lines. + The invoice group to make the system create separate invoices for particular steps with the similar invoice group during the project invoicing (either pro forma invoices or sales invoices, depending on the invoicing workflow of the project). During the invoicing process, the system groups the invoiceable amounts into invoices by the following: + The invoice group of the steps of the invoicing rules to which the project tasks refer + The customer + The customer location + The **Invoice separately** setting of each project task defined in the [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/) window + Non-invoiceable transactions that do not contribute to the amount invoiced to the customer and that you may decide to include in the invoice. + Grouping criteria by date, employee, supplier, and stock item for the invoice lines created by the **Time and material** invoicing steps. ## Progress invoicing Progress invoicing is a simple invoicing workflow for the projects that are gradually invoiced at a fixed contract amount. Progress invoicing does not involve project transactions, and the system uses **Progress invoicing** steps of invoicing rules of the project tasks to process this invoicing. The project setup and the invoicing workflow proceed as follows: + You add a revenue budget line with a **Revised amount** to a project on the **Revenue budget** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. + To provide a invoiceable amount (for example, on a monthly basis), you populate the **Pending invoice amount** or **Completed (%)** column on the **Revenue budget** tab for the revenue budget lines to make the system calculate the **Pending invoice amount.** + You run the project invoicing process to create a pro forma invoice (or a sales invoice, depending on the selected workflow). + The system creates an invoice with the amounts derived from the **Pending invoice amount** column of the **Revenue budget** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window for the revenue budget lines. The system updates the **Draft invoices amount** of the revenue budget lines with the **Pending invoice amount** and clears the **Pending invoice amount**. + If the system creates a pro forma invoice (depending on the selected workflow), the invoice lines that are produced by the progress invoicing steps are displayed on the **Progress invoicing** tab of the [Pro forma invoices (PM307000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/pro-forma-invoices-pm307000/) window. > [!NOTE] > > + If a project task uses a invoicing rule that has no **Progress invoicing** step, when the system updates the **Completed (%)** column on the **Revenue budget** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window, the system does not recalculate the **Pending invoice amount** column for the revenue budget lines that belong to this task, and the system ignores any pending invoice amount of these lines during the invoicing process. > + The **Actual quantity** of the **Revenue budget** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window is always zero in the revenue budget lines that are invoiced only by progress invoicing. ## Transaction-based invoicing This invoicing workflow is provided for projects that are invoiced based on project transactions. The system uses the **Time and material** steps of the invoicing rules of the project tasks to process this invoicing. A invoicing rule may have a number of **Time and material** steps for different account groups of transactions that should be used to determine the invoiced amounts by different formulas. The **Time and material** invoicing can be executed right after the project transactions that match the selection criteria have been provisioned in the system. The allocation process can be executed before invoicing, if necessary. The project setup and invoicing workflow proceeds as follows: + You run the project invoicing process to create a pro forma invoice (or a sales invoice, depending on the selected workflow). + The system creates the invoice based on the non-invoiced project transactions with amounts calculated by the invoicing rules of the project tasks. The system considers in the invoicing the transactions with a date that is earlier than the invoicing date and does not consider the transactions with the date that is later than the invoicing date. The transactions with a date on the invoicing date are invoiced if **Include trans. created on invoicing date** is selected as the **Invoicing cut-off date** in the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window. + If the system creates a pro forma invoice, the invoice lines that are produced by the **Time and material** invoicing steps are displayed on the **Time and material** tab of the [Pro forma invoices (PM307000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/pro-forma-invoices-pm307000/) window. ## Recurring invoicing Your company may provide services to customers regularly for a flat price. For instance, you can lease construction machines to customers for an agreed number of hours per month for a fixed price. If you decide to manage this activity as a project, you do not have to manually create a new invoice every month—each time you run project invoicing, recurring transactions are added to the invoice (or to the invoice listed first in the rule if multiple invoices must be generated for the invoicing rule). Recurring invoicing is a task-level setting you define on the **Recurring invoicing** tab of the [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/) window. You can use non-stock items as line items for recurring invoicing to track employee and equipment work time. For each item, you can specify the following: + The flat price charged once each invoicing period. + The number of units included in the item fee. For instance, you may have an agreement with the customer to provide 40 hours of road scraper work at a flat price, while any extra hours are charged on a per-hour basis. + The option that determines whether the number of units included in the flat price is to be reset for each invoicing period or it is a fixed number for the entire project duration. + The minimum number of units for which invoicing may be performed. If the amount of services or products you provide is less than this value, you do not charge the customer. The invoicing period is a project-wide setting that you specify when planning the project at the level of the project template in the [Project templates (PM208000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-templates-pm208000/) window. The following options are available: **Week**, **Month**, **Quarter**, **Year**, or **On demand**. The **On demand** option defines the invoicing that may be initiated when it is needed. ## Invoicing of postponed amounts With the draft invoice workflow, a user can modify a pro forma invoice and postpone the difference until the next invoicing. This remaining amount will be invoiced during the next invoicing if the sales invoice that contains the line from which the remainder originates is released. For more information about the draft invoice workflow, see: [About pro forma invoices](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/about-pro-forma-invoices/) ## Mapping of accounts to tasks When you run a invoicing procedure for a project, the system may generate additional transactions, for instance, to include a discount or freight charge. Such transactions are automatically associated with the project, but you may also need to automatically associate these transactions with specific tasks in the project. You can have Visma Net automatically assign transactions to specific tasks by mapping specific general ledger accounts to tasks within the project in the **Default task for General ledger account** section on the **General ledger accounts** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. Once you map a general ledger account to a task, any transactions automatically generated by the system and associated with the account will be linked to this default task. ## Reverse transactions In the [Reverse non-invoiced transactions (PM505000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/reverse-non-invoiced-transactions-pm505000/) window, you have two reversal options: + To reverse specific transactions, select the check box before each line you want to reverse, and click **Process**. + To reverse all transactions in the list, just click **Process all**.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Create an invoicing rule /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/create-an-invoicing-rule section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create an invoicing rule 1. Go to the [Invoicing rules (PM207000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/invoicing-rules-pm207000/) window. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Invoicing rule** field, enter the ID for the invoicing rule. This can be a fifteen-character string of letters and numbers. > [!NOTE] > If you want to edit an existing rule, click in the field to select one. 1. In the **Description** field, enter a description for the invoicing rule. 1. In the table, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Account group** column, click to select an account group. 1. In the **Account source** column, click the drop-down list to select an account group. > [!NOTE] > This column is by default set to **Invoicing rule**. 1. In the **Account** column, select the account you want to use for this line. 1. Optional: Select any relevant check boxes for the line, for example if you want non-invoiceable transactions to be included. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png).

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Set allocation rules /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/set-allocation-rules section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Set allocation rules 1. Go to the [Allocation rules (PM207500)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/allocation-rules-pm207500/) window. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Allocation rule** field, enter a unique ID for the new rule. You can use a fifteen-character string of letters and numbers. > [!NOTE] > If there are existing allocation rules, you can click ![icon-select](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-select.jpg) to see which identifiers and descriptions have been used previously. 1. In the **Description** field, enter a short description. 1. In the left pane, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Step ID** field, enter a unique ID for the new step. You can use a ten-character string of letters and numbers. 1. In the **Description** field, enter a short description. 1. Go to the **Allocation settings** tab. 1. At this point, you have 2 options: ## Select the check box Post transaction to general ledger This check box indicates that the allocation transactions should be posted to the general ledger. 1. In the **Debit transaction** section, select the **Account group** for the allocation's debit transactions. 1. In the **Credit transaction** section, select the **Account group** for the allocation's credit transactions. 1. Go to the **Calculation rules** tab. 1. In the **Account group from** field, select the account group that starts the range of account groups whose transactions are involved in this allocation step. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). ## Do not select the check box Post transaction to general ledger If this check box is not selected, the transactions are not posted to the general ledger. Instead, they are only used to track analytical or statistical information for projects, and you can only specify account groups (not accounts) in the **Debit transaction** and **Credit transaction** sections. 1. In the **Debit transaction** section, in the **Account group** field, you have two options: + In the drop down of the left field, select **Use source** to use the account group specified in the original transaction. + In the left field, select **Replace** to enable the right field where you can specify the account group for the allocation's debit transactions. 1. In the **Credit transaction** section, in the **Account group** field, you have three options: + In the left field, select **Use source** to use the account group specified in the original transaction. + In the left field, select **Replace** to enable the right field where you can specify the account group for the allocation's credit transactions. + In the left field, select **None** if you do not want tot use an account group. 1. Go to the **Calculation rules** tab. 1. In the **Account group from** field, select the account group that starts the range of account groups whose transactions are involved in this allocation step. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png).

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Start the invoicing process for projects /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/start-the-invoicing-process-for-projects section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Start the invoicing process for projects 1. Go to the [Run project invoicing (PM503000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/run-project-invoicing-pm503000/) window. 1. In the **Invoice date** field, select the date you want to be specified on the invoices. 1. In the **Period to post** field, click select a financial period. 1. Optional: In the **Statement cycle ID** field, select a statement cycle. 1. Optional: In the **Customer class** field, select a class, if you want to see all projects for a specific customer class. Leave this field blank to view information on all classes. 1. In the **Customer** field, select the customer you want to invoice projects for. Leave the field blank to view information on all customers of a specified class (or all customers of all classes). 1. Optional: In the **Template ID** field, you can select a template, to see projects that have been created with that specific template. Leave this field blank to view projects bases on all templates. 1. You now have two options: + Select the check boxes in front of specific projects in the table, and click **Invoice**. + Click **Invoice all** if you want to invoice all of the listed projects in the table. When the processing finishes you will see the ![icon-confirmation](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-confirmation.png) for all invoices that were successfully processed.

Related pages

Windows

Run allocations by task /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/run-allocations-by-task section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Run allocations by task 1. Go to the [Run allocations by tasks (PM502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/run-allocations-by-task-pm502000/) window. 1. In the **Allocation rule** field, select the allocation rule you want to list tasks for. 1. In the **Project** field, select the project you want to list tasks for. 1. Optional: + In the **Project task** field, you can select a project task. + In the **Customer class** field, you can select a customer class. The list in the table will only include the active project tasks for the selected customer class. + In the **Customer field**, you can select a customer. The list in the table will include only the active project tasks for the selected customer. + In the **Posting date** field, you can assign a date to the allocation transactions. + In the **Date range restrictions** section, you can select a date range. The system will only allocate transactions from the date range you specify. > [!NOTE] > If you do not select **From**, the system starts with the oldest allocated transaction. > [!NOTE] > If you do not select **To**, the system allocates up to the last allocated transaction. 1. You now have two options: + Select the check boxes in front of specific projects in the table, and click **Allocate**. + Click **Allocate all** if you want to invoice all of the listed projects in the table. When the processing finishes, you will see the ![icon-confirmation](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-confirmation.png) for all invoices that were successfully processed.

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Run allocations by project /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/run-allocations-by-project section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Run allocations by project 1. Go to the [Run allocations by project (PM502500)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/run-allocations-by-project-pm502500/) window. 1. In the **Allocation rule** field, select the allocation rule you want to apply. 1. In the **Project** field, select the project you want to list. 1. Optional: + In the **Customer class** field, you can select a customer class. The list in the table will only include the active projects for the selected customer class. + In the **Customer field**, you can select a customer. The list in the table will include only the active projects for the selected customer. + In the **Posting date** field, you can assign a date to the allocation transactions. + In the **Date range restrictions** section, you can select a date range. The system will only allocate transactions from the date range you specify. > [!NOTE] > If you do not select **From**, the system starts with the oldest allocated transaction. If you do not select **To**, the system allocates up to the last allocated transaction. 1. You now have two options: + Select the check boxes in front of specific projects in the table, and click **Allocate**. + Click **Allocate all** if you want to allocate all of the listed projects in the table. When the processing finishes, you will see the ![icon-confirmation](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-confirmation.png) for all invoices that were successfully processed.

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Reverse non-invoiced transactions /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/reverse-non-invoiced-transactions page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Reverse non-invoiced transactions 1. Go to the [Reverse non-invoiced transactions (PM505000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/reverse-non-invoiced-transactions-pm505000/) window. 1. In the top part, you can narrow the range of transactions displayed in the table. If you do not make any selections, the table displays all allocated, non-invoiced transactions. 1. You now have two options: + If you want to reverse all non-invoiced transactions, click **Process all**. + If you want to reverse some of the transactions, select the check box next to the transactions you want to release and click **Process**.

Related pages

Windows

Reverse allocations for project transactions /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/reverse-allocations-for-project-transactions page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Reverse allocations for project transactions 1. Go to the [Project transactions (PM304000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-transactions-pm304000/) window. 1. In the **Workspace** field, select the workspace to which the project of the transactions belongs. 1. In the **Ref. no.** field, select the batch of allocated project transactions you want to reverse. > [!NOTE] > You can only reverse allocations with the status **Released**. 1. Click **Reverse allocation**.

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

About tracking commitments /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/about-tracking-commitments page Visma Net supports tracking purchase orders and sales orders by project as project cost commitments and project revenue commitments, respectively. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About tracking commitments Visma Net supports tracking purchase orders and sales orders by project as project cost commitments and project revenue commitments, respectively. Visma Net supports tracking purchase orders and sales orders by project as project cost commitments and project revenue commitments, respectively. These commitments affect the execution status of a project. You can track the budget and actual amounts of a project, as well as the original commitments that remain open. When the commitments are created, the system uses them to populate the revenue and cost budget for the corresponding project, project task, item, and account group. ## Tracking the committed cost by purchase order The system tracks the commitment cost in the base currency for the **Normal** and **Drop-ship** lines of the purchase orders associated with a project. These commitments are called **Internal** because they originate from documents created in the system, in contrast to **External** commitments that can be imported into Visma Net. The system tracks the internal commitment cost if the **Internal commitment tracking** check box is selected in the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window. When you save a purchase order created in the [Purchase orders (PO301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/purchases/purchases-windows/purchase-orders-po301000/) window with the **Open** status and the order refers to a project, the system creates a commitment record for each purchase order line in the amount of the **Ext. cost** of the line. These commitments are updated when the order line is changed (for example: When the quantity or amount of the line is corrected or the order line is completed or cancelled). You can review the commitment records in the [Commitments (PM306000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/commitments-pm306000/) window. The original commitment amount is displayed in the **Amount** column of the line. For a new commitment, the **Open amount** equals the original committed amount. When a purchase order is received, the system updates the **Received quantity** and reduces the **Open amount** of the commitment line by an amount proportional to the received or invoiced quantity. The system updates the **Received quantity** of the commitment line depending on the type of the purchase order line as follows: + For the purchase order lines that are processed through a purchase receipt, the commitment lines are updated with the received quantity when the purchase receipt is released. + For the purchase order lines that are invoiced directly without a purchase receipt being processed, the commitment lines are updated with the invoiced quantity when the purchase invoice is released. When a purchase invoice that corresponds to the purchase order is released, the **Invoiced amount** is updated with the **Ext. cost** of the invoice line. After a purchase order has been closed, the **Open amount** of the commitment lines becomes zero. If a purchase order has been received partially or cancelled, the incomplete amounts are also subtracted from the **Open amount**. The validate process in the [Validate project balances (PM504000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/validate-project-balances-pm504000/) window recreates internal commitment records based on the amounts and quantities in the lines of purchase orders if the tracking of project commitments is enabled. ## Tracking committed revenue by sales order The system tracks the commitment revenue in the base currency for the lines of sales orders associated with a project. As with commitments for purchase order lines, these commitments are internal because they originate in the system. The system tracks the internal commitment revenue if the **Internal commitment tracking** check box is selected in the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window. The **Commitment tracking** check box should also be selected in the [Order types (SO201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/sales/sales-windows/order-types-so201000/) window for the order type for which the commitment tracking is required. When you save a sales order created in the [Sales orders (SO301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/sales/sales-windows/sales-orders-so301000/) window with the **Open** status and the sales order refers to a project, the system creates a commitment record for each sales order line in the amount of the **Ext. cost** of the line. These commitments are updated as soon as the order line is changed (for example, when the quantity or amount of the line is corrected, or the order line is completed or cancelled). In the [Commitments (PM306000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/commitments-pm306000/) window, the original commitment amount is displayed in the **Amount** column. For a new commitment, the **Open amount** equals the original committed amount. The system updates the **Received quantity** of the commitment line depending on whether a shipment is processed for the sales order as follows: + For the sales order lines that are processed through a shipment, the commitment lines are updated with the shipped quantity when the shipment is confirmed. + For the sales order lines that are invoiced directly without shipment processing, the commitment lines are updated with the invoiced quantity when the sales invoice is released. When a sales invoice that corresponds to the sales order is released, the **Invoiced amount** is updated with the **Amount** of the invoice line. After a sales order has been completed, the **Open amount** of the commitment lines becomes zero. If a sales order has been delivered partially or cancelled, the incomplete amounts are also subtracted from the **Open amount**. The return lines of sales orders are recorded as commitment lines with a negative sign if commitment tracking is enabled for the applicable return order type (for example, a credit note). The validation process in the [Validate project balances (PM504000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/validate-project-balances-pm504000/) window recreates internal commitment records based on the amounts and quantities in the lines of sales orders for which the tracking of project commitments is enabled. ## Aggregating committed data for reports The commitment data aggregated by the project budget line key (project, project task, item, and account group or project, project task, item and account group ID, respectively) is available in the analytical reports and in the following windows: + In the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window, in the corresponding columns on the **Revenue budget** and **Cost budget** tabs. For a selected budget line, you can click **View commitments** in the table toolbar to review the detailed commitment records in the [Commitments (PM306000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/commitments-pm306000/) window. + In the [Row sets (CS206010)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/row-sets-cs206010/) window, in the **Amount type** field of the **Data source** of a row, for row sets of the **PM** type. + In the [Column sets (CS206020)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/column-sets-cs206020/) window, in the **Amount type** field of the **Data source** of a column, for column sets of the **PM** type. + In the [Unit sets (CS206030)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/unit-sets-cs206030/) window, in the **Amount type** field of the **Data source** of a unit, for unit sets of the **PM** type. ## Integrating commitments with external systems Project commitments do not necessarily have to originate from purchase orders or sales orders that exist in the system. + You can import commitment records from an external system into Visma Net for further analysis against budget and actual figures. These commitment records are called **External** in contrast to internal ones that originate from documents created in the system. + After the initial import, you can update imported commitment records as the project goes on and the system changes the applicable open committed amounts and invoiced amounts. Imported commitment records have the **External** type in the [Commitments (PM306000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/commitments-pm306000/) window and are identified in Visma Net by the external reference number. + The selection of the **Internal commitment tracking** check box in the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window is not necessary for the import of external commitment records. + To create an external commitment record, in the toolbar of the [Commitments (PM306000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/commitments-pm306000/) window, you can click **Create external commitment** and then populate the necessary settings of the window, which opens. This window is also available for writing import and export scenarios and through the Web Services API.

Related pages

Windows

Manage projects /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage projects About the project life cycle /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/about-the-project-life-cycle page Below, you can read about the different stages of a project, from planning to completion. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About the project life cycle Below, you can read about the different stages of a project, from planning to completion. ## Planning stage Any new project you create in Visma Net is automatically assigned the **In planning** status. Before you make any project active or submit it for approval, you must thoroughly plan it and specify all the key properties. You can create a project either from scratch or from a template. If you use a template, your new project will be populated with the template settings, and you need to enter only information that differs from the information in the template. When adding a new project from the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window, you should enter the following information: + **General settings**: This information includes the description, start date, end date, and invoicing period. You also select one of these invoicing options: on the date of the customer statement, at the end of each month, at the end of each quarter, or at the end of each year. + **Visibility settings**: You can specify the workspaces with which you want to integrate your project. We recommend that you select only those workspaces that you will use to post documents related to your project. + **Tasks**: You can define the tasks for the project. A task in a project is a separate work unit with its own life cycle, budget, cost, and revenue. + **Employees**: You specify the employees to be engaged in the project. You can override the default labour class specified for specific employees by defining different labour classes for regular working hours and for overtime hours. + **Attributes**: You can specify attribute values for the project if a group of attributes has been assigned to projects in the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window and for project tasks if a group of attributes has been assigned to tasks. A project in the planning stage is not available for selection in data entry windows in other modules. To projects and project tasks that are in the **In planning** status, you can add activities by using the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) and [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/) windows. For instance, you can add an employee task for planning budgets for project tasks while at the stage of project planning. However, the transactions generated for completed activities (if any) cannot be released until the project gets the **Active** status. After preparation has been completed, you can take the project off hold by clearing the **On hold** check box in the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window and saving it. ## Active stage Active projects become available for selection on the windows of the modules you have selected for integration with the Projects module. For more information, see: [About integration with other modules](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/about-integration-with-other-modules/) When users create transactions in the integrated modules, they can link the transactions with a specific project task by specifying the project and task. Also, they can specify whether the transaction is invoiceable for the project task. If users do not want to link a transaction with any project, they can specify the non-project code. Budget changes often occur during the course of the project. In Visma Net, you cannot change the initial budget, although you can enter the revised figures for the project budget. The revised budget appears in a separate column. ## Completion of project A project life cycle ends when the project is either completed or closed. The project is considered completed when all its tasks are completed. You complete the project by assigning it the **Completed** status. A project may end prematurely when the customer stops using the services your company provides. In that case, you can close the project before completing all its tasks.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

About the calculation of task completion percentage /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/about-the-calculation-of-task-completion-percentage page A project task is the smallest identifiable piece of work that is a part of the project. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About the calculation of task completion percentage A project task is the smallest identifiable piece of work that is a part of the project. A project task is the smallest identifiable piece of work that is a part of the project. Some tasks may require more than one financial period to complete and may be invoiced on task completion or even on completion of the entire project. Often, the allocation rules for projects are rather straightforward and use the percentage-of-completion scheme to evaluate the revenue earned during a specific financial period. ## Methods of calculation of task completion percentage For each task in the project, you can select which method will be used to evaluate the completion percentage of the task, which is shown in the **Completed (%)** column in the **Tasks** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. You select the method in the **Completion calculation method** field in the [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/) window. You can select one of the following options: Manual : You can use this method if it is not possible to select one cost line in which the actual amount or quantity would reflect the overall task progress. This may be the case if different cost lines are expressed as quantities measured in different UoMs, or some of the lines have budgets expressed as amounts with other line budgets expressed as quantities. With this method, you evaluate the task progress by using all the available information and manually specify the task completion percentage in the **Completed (%)** field. You can change the value as often as needed and yous should update it before you perform an allocation for the project. Budgeted quantity : With this method, the system calculates the task completion percentage for all cost budget lines associated with the task for which the **Auto completed (%)** check box is selected in the **Cost budget** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. The system calculates the percentage based on the quantities in the **Actual quantity** and **Revised quantity** columns on the **Cost budget** tab by using the following formula: `Completed (%) = Actual quantity / Revised quantity`. If the **Auto completed (%)** check box is selected for more than one cost budget line associated with the task with this completion method, the result of the **Completed (%)** calculation can be unpredictable due to different UoMs of the cost budget lines. For example: Suppose that a task has a budget for 100 hours of consulting (with a cost of €100 per hour) for a customer company and a budget for 25 round trips (with a cost of €10 per hour) to the customer location. If you select the consulting cost for tracking the task completion, with 40 hours of consulting completed, the percentage of the task completion is calculated as 40%. Splitting or merging consulting sessions may change the number of required round trips; however, the task progress should be measured by the actual hours of consulting performed. Budgeted amount : You can use this method for a task if all cost lines have budgeted amounts. With this method selected, the system calculates the task completion percentage for all the cost budget lines associated with the task for which the **Auto completed (%)** check box is selected on the **Cost budget** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. The system calculates the percentage based on the amounts in the **Actual amount** and **Revised amount** columns on the **Cost budget** tab by using the following formula: `Completed (%) = Actual amount / Revised amount`. ## Evaluation of project completion percentage With Visma Net, you cannot directly track the completion percentage for the entire project although you can track completion for each of the project tasks. If needed, you can create a separate task and use it exclusively to manually specify the project completion percentage that you evaluate by using all the information available about the progress of project tasks and project-related transactions.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

About project-specific format of invoices /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/about-project-specific-format-of-invoices page For individual projects, you can configure different formats for printable pro forma invoices and sales invoices. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About project-specific format of invoices For individual projects, you can configure different formats for printable pro forma invoices and sales invoices. For individual projects, you can configure different formats for printable pro forma invoices and sales invoices. The invoice format may depend on the project type; for instance, an installation project may have one invoice format, and a repair project may have a different invoice format. Also, a default invoice format can be specified for particular customers, with this format used for all projects of this customer unless the user specifies a different format. ## Defining printing window of invoices for projects On the **Mailing settings** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window, you can specify a custom format and an email notification template that should be used for the printing and emailing of the invoices prepared for the particular project. When you create a new project, the system copies all the predefined mailing settings from the **Mailing settings** tab of the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window, but you can override them. You can use the following predefined mailings: PROFORMA : The mailing with this ID is used to print pro forma invoices. By default, this mailing uses the [Pro forma invoice (PM642000) report](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/pro-forma-invoice-pm642000/) for printing the pro forma invoice. INVOICE : The mailing with this ID is used to print customer ledger invoices that originate from the Projects module. By default, this mailing uses the [Pro forma invoice (PM642000) report](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/pro-forma-invoice-pm642000/), which is a copy of the [Invoice/note (AR641000) report](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-reports/invoice-note-ar641000/), for printing the invoice. If you need to override the printing form of pro forma invoices or sales invoices for a project, you edit the respective mailing setting but do not edit the mailing identifier, which is the system setting. For example: Suppose you need to override the printing form of pro forma invoices for a project. For the **PROFORMA** mailing of this project, you select the needed report from the Projects module in the **Report** column of the **Mailing** table on the **Mailing settings** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. ## Printing invoices When you print a pro forma invoice in the [Pro forma invoice (PM642000) report](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/pro-forma-invoice-pm642000/) window, the system uses the report specified for the **PROFORMA** mailing of the corresponding project on the **Mailing settings** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. If the corresponding project has no mailing setting with the **PROFORMA** identifier, an error occurs. When you print a sales invoice that originates from the Projects module in the [Sales invoices (AR301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/sales-invoices-ar301000/) window, the system uses one of the following reports: + The report specified for the **INVOICE** mailing, if one is specified, of the corresponding project on the **Mailing settings** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. + The report specified for the customer on the **Mailing settings** tab of the [Customers (AR303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/customers-ar303000/) window if the **INVOICE** mailing of the corresponding project is not active. + The [Invoice/note (AR641000) report](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-reports/invoice-note-ar641000/) if the **INVOICE** mailing of the corresponding project and the customer is not active.

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

About project tasks /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/about-project-tasks page In Visma Net, each project can consist of one project task or multiple project task. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About project tasks In Visma Net, each project can consist of one project task or multiple project task. A project task is the smallest identifiable piece of work that is a part of the project, and you can select an invoicing rule for each project task to determine how it will be invoiced. + You create a project task when you are configuring a new project from the beginning or when you need to add a new project task to an existing project + + You can also create new project tasks directly in the [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/) window by specifying the identifier of the project to which the project task relates, the identifier of the new project task, and the settings specific for the project task. + When you create a project-related document, you must specify a project task for each document line. If you have specified one of the project’s tasks as the default one for the project, the system will automatically insert this project task in the lines of documents when you select the project. + When you process a sales or purchase invoice related to the project, the system may automatically generate additional general ledger transaction lines, for instance, to include a discount or freight charge. To automatically associate these transaction lines with specific project tasks, you need to map particular general ledger accounts to specific project tasks within the project in the **Default task for the general ledger account** table on the **Defaults** tab the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. In the automatically generated transaction lines posted to the general ledger account mapped to a project task, the system will specify this project task by default. > [!NOTE] > The defined account mapping does not affect the entry of project-related invoices in the [Purchase invoices (AP301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/purchase-invoices-ap301000/) window. In the invoice lines, the system inserts the default task of the project if it is configured on the **Tasks** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window.

Related pages

Tasks

About project transactions /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/about-project-transactions page Project-related information from the documents processed in the system is collected by means of project transactions. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About project transactions Project-related information from the documents processed in the system is collected by means of project transactions. You can also use project transactions for tracking budget costs and revenue directly without updating general ledger. You create project transactions manually if you need to directly capture project costs without updating the general ledger. The transactions created for a project update the actual values of the project budget with the incurred expenses that you may need in one of the following cases: + To control the amount of money spent on the project against the budgeted values + To invoice the customer for the incurred expenses + To control the project profitability You create general ledger transactions manually for a project if you need to directly capture project costs without creating original documents (such as invoices, purchase orders, or time activities). ## Creation of project transactions You can create a project transaction directly in the [Project transactions (PM304000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-transactions-pm304000/) window. When you specify the debit account and credit account for the project transaction and release the transaction, the system creates the general ledger transactions in the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window, based on whether the amount of the project transaction is positive or negative. If you specify no debit and credit accounts for a project transaction in the [Project transactions (PM304000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-transactions-pm304000/) window or specify only the debit account, on the release of the transaction, the system does not generate the corresponding general ledger transaction. About pro forma invoices /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/about-pro-forma-invoices page Visma Net provides draft (pro forma) invoice capabilities for project invoicing. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About pro forma invoices Visma Net provides draft (pro forma) invoice capabilities for project invoicing. Visma Net provides draft (pro forma) invoice capabilities for project invoicing. A pro forma invoice, which you can view in the [Pro forma invoices (PM307000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/pro-forma-invoices-pm307000/) window, is isolated from the Customer ledger workspace. You can review and modify the invoiceable transactions and amounts of the pro forma invoice before you prepare the Customer ledger invoice that is based on this pro forma invoice. A pro forma invoice can be printed and sent to a customer as many times as is necessary until an agreement is reached. Once all the necessary changes have been applied to the pro forma invoice, it can be approved and released. When you release the pro forma invoice, the system creates a sales invoice with all the information copied from the pro forma invoice. With this process, you minimise corrections in the Customer ledger workspace. Pro forma invoices provide the following capabilities: + On the **Revenue budget** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window, you can define invoicing limit amounts for revenue budget lines of the project if the **Use time and material revenue budget limits** check box is selected on the **Summary** tab of this window. The system applies these limit amounts to the pro forma invoices of the project. If an invoice exceeds a limit, in the [Pro forma invoices (PM307000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/pro-forma-invoices-pm307000/) window, the user receives a warning or an error message, depending on the **Validate time and material revenue budget limits** setting in the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window. + You can use different formats of printable pro forma invoices, depending on the particular project. On the **Mailing settings** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window, you can specify a custom format and an email notification template that should be used for the printing and emailing of the pro forma invoices prepared for that project. Also, in the **Invoice-to contact** and **Invoice-to address** sections of the **Summary** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window, you can specify the contact information of the customer to whom the pro forma invoices should be sent. This information is copied to each pro forma invoice created for the project and can be modified at the invoice level. ## Creating a pro forma invoice A pro forma invoice can be created only through the project invoicing process (and assigned a reference number only automatically). You cannot manually enter new pro forma invoices in the [Pro forma invoices (PM307000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/pro-forma-invoices-pm307000/) window. By default, the system creates a pro forma invoice when you invoice a project because the **Create pro forma on invoicing** check box is initially selected on the **Summary** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. To disable the draft invoice workflow for a project, you can clear this check box or to prevent the system from creating a pro forma invoice when you invoice the project. For a pro forma invoice created for a project, the system records to the following tabs of the [Pro forma invoices (PM307000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/pro-forma-invoices-pm307000/) window the lines to be invoiced: + **Progress invoicing**: The system creates these lines by using the **Progress invoicing** steps of invoicing rules specified in the [Invoicing rules (PM207000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/invoicing-rules-pm207000/) window. The lines originate from the revenue budget of the project. + **Time and material** The system creates these lines by using the **Time and material** steps of invoicing rules; the lines originate from the project transactions. The **Time and material** steps of invoicing rules support the aggregation of project transactions by date, employee, supplier, and stock item. On the **Time and material** tab of the [Pro forma invoices (PM307000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/pro-forma-invoices-pm307000/) window, you can select a line and then click **View transactions details** in the table toolbar to drill down to the list of project transactions based on which the **Invoiced quantity** and **Invoiced amount** of the line have been calculated by the formula of the invoicing rule. Fore more information about the invoicing process, see: [About project invoicing](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/about-project-invoicing/) ## Modifying a pro forma invoice In the [Pro forma invoices (PM307000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/pro-forma-invoices-pm307000/) window, you can edit a pro forma invoice when it is **On hold**, including the following: + You can delete a line of the pro forma invoice to invoice it later in the full amount. + You can modify the pro forma invoice to invoice any lines on the **Progress invoicing** and **Time and material** tabs in a greater or smaller amount by changing the **Amount to invoice** as desired. The **Amount to invoice** is added to the customer ledger invoice when the pro forma invoice is released. On the **Time and material** tab, if a manually edited **Amount to Invoice** is less than the **Invoiced amount**, you can make a decision about the difference between the calculated **Invoiced amount** and the corrected **Amount to invoice** by selecting the needed option in the **Status** column of the invoice line. The difference can be postponed until the next invoice (**Hold remainder**) or written off by this invoice (**Write off remainder**). The whole amount of the pro forma invoice line can also be written off (**Write off**); the amount will no longer show up in future invoices. > [!NOTE] > For a postponed amount to be added to a pro forma invoice, the sales invoice that contains the line from which this postponed amount originates must be released. + On the **Time and material** tab, you can select a line and then click **View transactions details** in the table toolbar to drill down to the list of project transactions for which the **Invoiced quantity** and **Invoiced amount** have been calculated by the formula of the invoicing rule. These values are summed to obtain the **Invoiced quantity** and **Invoiced amount**, respectively, of the pro forma invoice line. You can remove particular transactions from this list, and they will appear in the next invoice. + You can rearrange lines within the invoice by dragging them to the appropriate positions. If invoicing limit amounts are defined for the project in the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window, the system applies these limit amounts to the pro forma invoice lines as a running total, starting from the first line on the **Time and material** tab of the [Pro forma invoices (PM307000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/pro-forma-invoices-pm307000/) window. For each line of the invoice, the system subtracts the **Amount to invoice** from the **Max available amount** and uses the reduced amount as the available limit for the next line. Invoice lines for which the **Over limit amount** becomes non-zero exceed the limit. By rearranging the lines, you can make the system apply the limit amounts to the needed lines of the invoice. + You can add to a pro forma invoice an adjustment line that does not originate from the revenue budget or project transactions. Such lines are also included in the limit application and can decrease or increase the limit total. ## Releasing a pro forma invoice The release of a pro forma invoice does not generate project transactions or general ledger transactions directly. When you release the pro forma invoice, the system creates a corresponding sales invoice with all information copied from the pro forma invoice. You can release the pro forma invoices one by one in the [Pro forma invoices (PM307000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/pro-forma-invoices-pm307000/) window, or you can mass-process pro forma invoices to release them and produce sales invoices in the [Process pro forma invoices (PM506000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/process-pro-forma-invoices-pm506000/) window. The pro forma invoices of a project can be released according to the following rules: + The pro forma invoices can be released only one by one, starting from the earliest one, on the **Invoices** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. The only exception is when multiple pro forma invoices segregated by invoice group have been generated during a single iteration of the invoicing process; in this case, the pro forma invoices can be released in any order. + A pro forma invoice can be released only after the sales invoice of the preceding pro forma invoice has been released. If the **Detail total** of a pro forma invoice is negative in the [Pro forma invoices (PM307000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/pro-forma-invoices-pm307000/) window (for example, if you have added a negative adjustment line in an amount greater than the total amount of invoiceable lines), the system creates a sales credit note when the pro forma invoice is released. As a result of the release of the sales invoice, the general ledger transactions are recorded, and the revenue budget of the corresponding project is changed as follows on **Revenue budget** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window: + The **Actual quantity** of the corresponding revenue budget line is increased by the line quantity of the released sales invoice if **Task and item** is the **Revenue budget level** of the project; otherwise, the **Actual quantity** is zero. + The **Actual amount** of the corresponding revenue budget line is increased by the line amount of the released sales invoice. + The **Draft invoices amount** of the corresponding revenue budget line is decreased by the line amount of the released sales invoice. The document details of an unreleased customer ledger document that originates from a pro forma invoice are displayed in read-only mode in the [Sales invoices (AR301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/sales-invoices-ar301000/) window. To make a correction to the customer ledger document, you need to delete this document and start over from the pro forma invoice. In the [Sales invoices (AR301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/sales-invoices-ar301000/) window, you can also navigate directly to the [Pro forma invoices (PM307000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/pro-forma-invoices-pm307000/) window by using the **View pro forma** menu command and view the pro forma invoice from which the current customer ledger document originates. This menu command becomes available on the **Inquiries** menu if the invoice being viewed has originated from a pro forma invoice.

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

About templates for projects and tasks /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/about-templates-for-projects-and-tasks page In Visma Net, you can create project templates from scratch by adding every detail that you think will be required for a typical project of specific type. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About templates for projects and tasks In Visma Net, you can create project templates from scratch by adding every detail that you think will be required for a typical project of specific type. In Visma Net, you can create project templates from scratch by adding every detail that you think will be required for a typical project of specific type. Alternatively, you can create a template based on an existing project which you think is a typical representation of projects of specific type. When you create projects based on the templates, you can change any settings for particular projects; templates are used only to provide the default settings. ## Templates created from existing projects + You can create a template based on an existing project. + In the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window, select a project that is a typical project of specific type and click **Create template** from the **Actions** menu. + A template will be created with all the tasks that were included in the project. + You can modify the created template as you want. You can delete some of the tasks and add new tasks. ## Templates from scratch You can create project templates from scratch by using the [Project templates (PM208000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-templates-pm208000/) window. When you create a project template, you can specify as many settings as you want, including the following: General settings : The broad information about the projects, including the default account and subaccount, default accrual account and subaccounts, and invoicing period. In the **Status** field, you can specify whether the specific project template is available for creating new projects. You can create projects only by using project templates with the **Active** status. Visibility settings : The list of the workspaces where the projects based on this template will be visible. Template tasks : The tasks to be included in the projects based on this template. Tasks for the project template can be added by using the [Project template tasks (PM208010)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-template-tasks-pm208010/) window. List of employees : The employees who will work on the projects and the project manager who will be monitoring projects of the type. You also specify labour items and hourly rates for employees working on this project. Also, you can specify whether only the listed employees can work for the project. ## Template tasks and common tasks A project template may include tasks that are actually templates of tasks that can be included in projects based on the template. You can add task templates to the project template. You add the tasks to the project template and specify the settings for these tasks by using the [Project template tasks (PM208010)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-template-tasks-pm208010/) window. When you create a new template task, you can specify whether it is automatically included in all projects based on the project template. Template task settings include the following: General settings : are overall information about the task, including approver, VAT category, default subaccount, and invoicing period. The general settings also include **Visibility settings**, the list of the workspaces in which this project task must be visible. You can make tasks visible only in the workspaces in which the parent project is visible; the scope for the task cannot be wider than the scope for the project. Recurring invoicing : can be used to implement the flat-price scenario with recurring payments when your future project uses flat rates for services or products you provide to your customer regularly. For more information about recurring invoicing, see: [About project invoicing](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/about-project-invoicing/) When you create a new project based on a project template, you can add to the new project any of the tasks associated with this project template and any of the existing common tasks. Common tasks are also templates of tasks, but they are not linked to any specific project template and, as such, can be added to any new or existing project. You can create common tasks with the help of the [Common tasks (PM208030)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/common-tasks-pm208030/) window. Generally, you provide the same types of settings for common tasks as for the template tasks: general, budget, and recurring invoicing settings.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

About change orders /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/about-change-orders page You can use the change order functionality to control changes to a project’s budgeted and committed values and control the profitability of every change initiated by a customer. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About change orders You can use the change order functionality to control changes to a project’s budgeted and committed values and control the profitability of every change initiated by a customer. You can use the change order functionality to control changes to a project’s budgeted and committed values and control the profitability of every change initiated by a customer. A change order is a document for profitability analysis and an audit trial of changes to the project revenue budget, commitments, and budgeted costs. Change orders do not alter the original figures of a project directly; they are tracked separately from the original figures for analysis. With the help of change orders, you can do the following: + Record changes to the project revenue budget, cost budgets, and commitments. + Review the list of change orders related to a project on the **Change orders** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. + See the changes for each purchase order as well as the original and committed values in the [Commitments (PM306000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/commitments-pm306000/) window. + See the list of change orders that affect the purchase order on the **Change orders** tab of the [Purchase orders (PO301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/purchases/purchases-windows/purchase-orders-po301000/) window. + See the profitability of every change of the project budget initiated by the customer. Change orders are available when the **Change orders** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. Change orders are managed in the [Change orders (PM308000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/change-orders-pm308000/) window.

Related pages

Windows

About account groups /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/about-account-groups page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About account groups + An **account group** is an entity in Visma Net that you can define by using the [Account groups (PM201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/account-groups-pm201000/) window and map to a subset of General ledger accounts. + Account groups are used to track the project budget and balances. Because they are mapped to general ledger accounts, account groups allow for the transfer of project-related financial information between the General ledger and Project accounting workspaces. For information about how to create an account group, see [Create an account group](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/create-an-account-group/). ## Account group IDs To configure the IDs of account groups in Visma Net, you use the **ACCGROUP** segmented key in the [Segment keys (CS202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/segment-keys-cs202000/) window. + By default, this segmented key specifies that the account group ID is an alphanumeric string of up to 10 characters. + You can divide account group IDs into segments with specific values. + In most cases, you do not need to change the default configuration of the **ACCGROUP** key. ## Types of account groups An account group can be one of the following types: **Asset**, **Liability**, **Expense**, or **Income**. It can be mapped to specific general ledger accounts of only certain types. You can use account groups of the **Off-balance** type to collect and track project statistics and other information that is not finance-related. For example, you can create an account group of the **Off-balance** type to record all hours spent by employees on a given project. You may want to know the total number of hours worked, but you do not want to post those numbers to the General ledger. ## Account groups and the general ledger You can create account groups to be used in the Projects module by using the [Account groups (PM201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/account-groups-pm201000/) window. Before defining account groups, identify the accounts that will be used for project-related transactions. Exclude customer ledger accounts and supplier ledger accounts. Use the following rules to create account groups: + Any single account group may include one or more general ledger accounts; however, you cannot map any general ledger account to more than one account group. + An account group should include accounts of only certain types (for instance, an account group of the **Income** type can include only income and expense accounts). + When you map the accounts to account groups, consider the invoicing and allocation rules. For invoicing and allocation, if the transactions of two accounts should be processed differently, these two accounts should be included in different account groups. If the transactions usually use the same rate, consider including their accounts in one group. + Consider whether you need the **Off-balance** account groups that are not linked to general ledger accounts and that can hold amounts not posted to the General ledger. By using account groups, you can view specific balances by project. For example: The **EXPENSE** account group was created for customisation projects and includes the following accounts: + 4010 Travel expenses + 4030 Accommodation + 4050 Car rent + 4113 Office supplies + 4115 Miscellaneous expenses Employees will record their expenses related to the project to the appropriate general ledger accounts. The project manager can view the project's expenses as the balance of the **EXPENSE** account group, which is the total of all expenses recorded to all the expense accounts included in the **EXPENSE** account group. ## Account-task mapping for automatically added transactions When creating a document, you must specify a project task for each applicable transaction. However, automatically added transactions, such as freight transactions for sales invoices, do not have a project task specified, leading to errors. To resolve this issue, provide account-task mapping for automatically added transactions using the **Account-task mapping** tab in the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. If multiple similar projects require the same mapping, define the rules using the [Project templates (PM208000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-templates-pm208000/) window. ## Attributes for account groups You can create attributes in the [Attributes (CS205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/attributes-cs205000/) window to + Store additional properties of account groups that can be used in invoicing and in allocations. + Specify which of the attributes can be assigned to account groups in the [Account groups (PM201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/account-groups-pm201000/) window.

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

Create an account group /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/create-an-account-group section Before defining account groups, identify the accounts that will be used for project-related transactions. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create an account group Before defining account groups, identify the accounts that will be used for project-related transactions. Before defining account groups, identify the accounts that will be used for project-related transactions. You should exclude customer ledger accounts (accounts debited by project invoicing) and supplier ledger accounts (accounts credited by supplier invoices). 1. Go to the [Account groups (PM201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/account-groups-pm201000/) window. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Account group ID** field, enter an ID for the account group you want to create. You can use up to 10 characters, both letters and numbers. It must comply with the ACCGROUP segmented key. 1. In the **Type** field, select the account type of the account group. The type of group should be the same as the type of general ledger accounts included in the group. An off-balance account group cannot include any general ledger account. 1. In the **Description** field, enter a short description of the account group. 1. On the **Accounts** tab, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Account** field, select an account. 1. Repeat steps 5 and 6 to add more accounts to the account group. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png).

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Create a project template task /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/create-a-project-template-task section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create a project template task 1. Go to the [Project templates (PM208000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-templates-pm208000/) window. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Template ID** field, select the template you want to create a task for. 1. In the **Task ID** field, enter an ID for the new template task. 1. In the **Description** field, enter a short description for your task. 1. Go to the **General settings** tab. 1. In the **Invoicing option** field, click the drop down and choose between: + By invoice period + On task completion + On project completion 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). Use the other tabs to customise your new project template further.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Create a project /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/create-a-project section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create a project 1. Go to the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. 1. If necessary, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) to empty the fields and prepare the window for a new project. 1. In the **Project ID** field, the system displays <NEW>. The ID will automatically be assigned to the project when you save it. The project is automatically set to **On hold** and the status is **In planning**. 1. In the **Customer** field, if this is a customer-related project, select the customer you want to relate this project to. If you are creating an internal project, skip this field. 1. In the **Description** field, give a description of your project. This field is mandatory. 1. On the **General settings** tab, fill in the mandatory details, which is the project's start date, and for some types of project, the default subaccount. Fill in any other details you need.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Create a project task /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/create-a-project-task section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create a project task 1. Go to the [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/) window. 1. If necessary, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) to empty the fields and prepare the window for a new project task. 1. In the **Project ID** field, click to select the project you want to create a task for. 1. In the **Task ID** field, enter an ID for the task you want to create. This ID can be a ten-character string of letters and numbers. 1. Depending on the project ID you select, the **Task ID** field and other following fields in this window may be filled in automatically. 1. In the **Description** field, enter a description for the project task. 1. Fill in the relevant fields on the **Summary** tab. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). > [!NOTE] > A project task automatically gets the status **In planning**. When the project is started, it changes to **Active**, and when it is finished, it changes to **Completed**. If you want to cancel a task, select the status **Cancelled**.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Save a project as a template /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/save-a-project-as-a-template section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Save a project as a template 1. Go to the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. 1. [Create a project](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/create-a-project/) or select the one in the **Project ID** field that you want to use as a template. 1. Click the **Actions** button and select **Create template**. 1. The **Project templates** window is displayed. 1. Modify any of the settings for your new project template, and click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png).

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Create fixed-price projects /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/create-fixed-price-projects section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create fixed-price projects 1. Create a project as in [Create a project](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/create-a-project/). 1. In the **Invoicing settings** section, set the **Allocation rule** to **Fixed price, percent complete**. 1. Set the **Invoicing rule** to **Standard invoicing rule**. 1. On the **Task** tab, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) to add a task called **Contract price**. Set the account group to **Revenue**. See [Create a project task.](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/create-a-project-task/) 1. Select the task line you created and click the **View task** button. The [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/) window is displayed. 1. In the [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/) window, go to the **Budget** tab. 1. In the **Budget** column, enter the contract amount. For a project task of the labour category, select the **Production** check box. This is to measure the percentage that is complete on the amount of hours registered on a project, compared to the budget. If you cannot see the **Production** column in the table, click ![icon-adjust-table](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-adjust-table.png) in the top left corner of the table and select the column header there. 1. On the **General settings** tab, set **Completion calculation method** to **Budgeted quantity** or **Budgeted amount**, so that the system will automatically calculate the percentage that is complete when a task is completed. You can also set this to **Manual**, which means that you have to enter the percentage manually per task. If you do that, update this percentage before the allocation process. The system uses this percentage to calculate earned revenue. You can also create a separate task for the contract amount and use this task to set the completion percentage (manually). This gives you the possibility to restrict the visibility of this task in other modules. 1. When you have registered the tasks you need, and given them all a budget, set the **Status** for each task line to **Active**. 1. Then set the **Status** for the project to **Active** and click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png).

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Create project attributes /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/create-project-attributes section To define new attributes, start by creating the attribute in the Attributes (CS205000) window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create project attributes To define new attributes, start by creating the attribute in the Attributes (CS205000) window. For more information: [Attributes (CS205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/attributes-cs205000/). 1. Go to the [Project attributes (PM202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-attributes-pm202000/) window. 1. In the **Name** field, select the entity type for which you want to add a new attribute. 1. To add a new attribute for the entity, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) in the table toolbar. 1. In the **Attribute ID** field, click ![icon-select](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-select.jpg) to select an attribute ID. 1. Optional: In the **Sort order** field, you can define the position of the attribute in the list of attributes available for the entity type. Specify 1 for the first attribute you want to be listed, 2 for the second, and so on. 1. Optional: Select the **Required** check box if you want to make it mandatory to enter a value for this attribute in the data entry window that is connected to this attribute. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). > [!NOTE] > You can edit existing attributes directly from this window: click the ID for the attribute you want to edit in **Attribute ID** column, and make your changes in the pop-up window that opens.

Related pages

Windows

Create a common task /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/create-a-common-task section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create a common task 1. Go to the [Common tasks (PM208030)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/common-tasks-pm208030/) window. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Task ID** field, enter an ID for the common task you want to create. This can be a ten-character string of letters and numbers. 1. In the **Description** field, enter a description for the common task. 1. On the **General settings** tab, in the **Rate table** field, select a rate table. 1. Select an **Invoicing option**. 1. Optional: When you add a common task, the settings for the **Invoicing rule** and **Allocation rule** will be inherited from the project settings. It is not necessary to set different rules, but if you do, the project settings will be overruled. 1. Optional: Fill in any other information you want to specify, on the other tabs. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png).

Related pages

Windows

Create a batch of project transactions /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/create-a-batch-of-project-transactions section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create a batch of project transactions 1. Go to the [Project transactions (PM304000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-transactions-pm304000/) window. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Workspace** field, select the workspace to which the project you want to create a batch of transactions for belongs. The **Ref. number** field is filled in automatically when you save. 1. In the **Description** field, add a description for the batch of project transactions. 1. In the table, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. Select the **Project**, **Project task**, **Account group**, and the **Amount**. 1. Optional: Fill in the other columns. 1. Optional: Edit the **date** and the **period**. > [!NOTE] > The system automatically displays the current date and period. 1. Repeat steps 4, 5, 6, and 7, to add more project transaction to the batch. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png), or **Release**. The latter will immediately release the batch, and then save it. If you want to add information or a project to an existing batch: Start with step 2 and select the batch you want to edit.

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

Register expenses on a project /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/register-expenses-on-a-project section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Register expenses on a project 1. Go to the [Expense receipts (EP301010)](/visma-net-erp/help/time-and-expenses/time-and-expenses-windows/expense-receipts-ep301010/) window. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) to open a window where you can add a new expense receipt. 1. Fill out the following information: **Expense item**, **Description**, **Amount**, **Invoiceable**, **Project**, **Project task** 1. Click **Save and close**. 1. You en return to the **Expense receipts** window where you can see your receipt. 1. Click **Submit all**. The **Expense claim** window is displayed. 1. On the **Expense claim details** tab, you see the receipt you just created. If necessary, you can make corrections in the **Quantity** or **Unit cost** columns. Remember to save your changes. 1. Click the **Actions** button and select **Submit**. ## Correct and expense claim If you want to correct an expense claim, you must insert a line item with the same information as the original item from the previous expense claim, but with a negative quantity. Then, you insert a new line for the correction.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Release transactions /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/release-transactions section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Release transactions 1. Go to the [Release transactions (PM501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/release-transactions-pm501000/) window. 1. If you want to release all available transactions in the list, click **Release all**. 1. If you want to release only selected transactions, select the check box next to the transactions you want to release and click **Release**. Once you have released the transactions, their statuses change to **Open** and you see the ![icon-confirmation](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-confirmation.png) icon. If you do not want to post transactions when you release them, go to the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window, and deselect the **Automatically post on release** check box.

Related pages

Windows

View project transactions in Project transactions - overview /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/view-project-transactions-in-project-transactions-overview page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View project transactions in Project transactions - overview 1. Go to the [Project transactions - overview (PM401000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-transactions-overview-pm401000/) window 1. In the **Project** field, select the ID of the project of the transactions you want to view. The table list includes two types of transactions associated with the project: + Transactions that have not yet been released in the Projects module. + Transactions that have been released in all modules.

Related pages

Windows

Manage project budgets /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-project-budgets section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage project budgets About project budgets /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-project-budgets/about-project-budgets page A project budget is an estimate of expenses or revenues for a project or project task. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About project budgets A project budget is an estimate of expenses or revenues for a project or project task. A project budget is an estimate of expenses or revenues for a project or project task. In Visma Net, a budget can be defined, updated, and tracked for only a project task; the budget for a project holds the totals for all the project tasks included in the project. ## Budget planning You plan a project budget before any project transactions occur. For information about the project life cycle, see: [About the project life cycle](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/about-the-project-life-cycle/) On the **Budget** tab of the [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/) window, you can add, revise, and delete budget lines for any project task that has the **In planning** status. A project task can have multiple budget lines. Each budget line has the following: + An account group, which determines the category of the expenditure or revenue that you expect to incur during the project execution. + A particular item (that is, a resource) needed to complete the task. You can select an item from the list of items associated with the accounts of the specified account group. However, if you want the budget line to include the budget for all transactions associated with the selected account group that are not linked to any particular item, you can select **<OTHER>** in the **Item ID** column for the particular budget line. Other information that you can specify in a budget line includes the budgeted quantity of the selected item, the rate, and the total budgeted amount, which is calculated automatically as the budgeted quantity multiplied by rate if you have not specified a value manually. You can modify the data in a budget line until you change the status of the project task to **Active**; after that, you can specify only a revised amount and quantity in the budget line. The system allows the modification of original budgeted totals for tasks with all statuses (not just **In planning** ), so you need to be careful about how you manage project budgets. (For instance: You may want to restrict access to the project budget data by configuring a restriction group in the Row-level security workspace so that only authorised employees can modify budget lines. In Visma Net, you can also use other windows, in addition to the [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/) window, to enter, track, or revise a project budget. The windows, which include the same budget data but a different level of detail, include the following: + [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window: On the **Balances** tab of this window, the most general information about project budgets is displayed. The information, which contains the details of all the project-related tasks regardless of their status, is broken down into budget lines by account group. On this tab, you can view only the original budgeted amounts, the revised budgets, and the actual budgets calculated based on the project-related transactions that involve the specified account group; you cannot add, delete, or modify budget lines by using this window. + In the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) and the [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/) windows, you can use the **Auto-budget** action to automatically calculate an estimate of future revenue that will be added as a separate budget line for an account group with the **Income** type. For the calculation to be accurate, the project budget for the expenses, the involved account groups, and the allocation rules must be properly configured. + If you want to track the costs of the budget planning activities, you can add an employee task to the related project or project task by using the **Activity history** tab in the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) or the [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/) window, respectively. However, transactions generated for a completed task cannot be released until the project gets the **Active** status. + In some cases (for instance, if project data has been modified through external tools or import scenarios), you may need to recalculate the project balances to bring them in line with the underlying transactions. You use the [Validate project balances (PM504000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/validate-project-balances-pm504000/) window for recalculating the balances for the selected projects. ## Budget tracking For each active project or project task, you can review the budget at any time and decide whether you need to revise it or to adjust expenditures. For tracking a budget, you can use any of the following windows, depending on the level of detail at which you want to view the budget information: [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/), or [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/). Also, you can run the [Project balance (PM40102S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-balance-pm40102s/) report, which shows the balances of all projects that are active during the selected financial period. In Visma Net, account groups are used for aggregation of the information related to project budgets. An account group includes general ledger accounts of a particular type to which project-related transactions are posted. As the project progresses, actual amounts are calculated for each budget line based on the posted transactions; you can track the actual amounts and compare them to the budgeted amounts when reviewing the budget. Because there is no way to assign a purchase invoice line for a landed cost to any project task, the purchase price variance amount calculated as the difference between the landed cost specified in the purchase receipt and the landed cost specified in the purchase invoice is not reflected in the project expenses. Also, you can track the actual quantities of the items included in the budget. An actual quantity is calculated automatically if the following conditions are met: + The budget was specified for the project or project task before any project-related transaction occurred. + Units of measure were specified for the items before the project was activated. + The same unit of measure is used for all items that were used in the transactions posted to the accounts included in a particular account group. + The transactions have been released and posted. ## Budget revision In some cases you may want to revise the budget. The original budgeted amounts and quantities should always remain unchanged so that you can later analyse the accuracy of your original estimates. You enter a revised amount or revised quantity for each budget line in a separate column labelled **Revised amount** or **Revised qty**. The actual progress of the task, which is displayed in the **Performance** column on the **Budget** tab of the [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/) window, is calculated as a ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the actual amount to the revised budget amount. Also, the system uses the revised values for calculation of the task completion percentage if **Budgeted quantity** or **Budgeted amount** is selected for the task in the **Completion calculation method**field on the **General settings** tab of the [Project tasks (PM302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000/) window. For more information about how the task completion percentage is calculated, see: [About the calculation of task completion percentage](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/about-the-calculation-of-task-completion-percentage/)

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

Validate project balances /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-project-budgets/validate-project-balances section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Validate project balances 1. Go to the [Validate project balances (PM504000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/validate-project-balances-pm504000/) window. 1. Click **Validate all** to validate the balances of all projects shown in this window. 1. To only validate the balances of particular projects, select the check boxes next to those projects. 1. Click **Validate**. When the processing is finished, you will see a ![icon-confirmation](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-confirmation.png) next to the successfully validated balances.

Related pages

Windows

View project balances and update project tasks /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-project-budgets/view-project-balances-and-update-project-tasks section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View project balances and update project tasks 1. Go to the [Project budget (PM309000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-budget-pm309000/) window. 1. In the **Account group** field, select the account group whose balance you want to view. 1. In the **Project** field, select the project whose balance you want to view. The **Project balance** tab shows any existing tasks in the project's budget. 1. If you wan to add a project task, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) and fill in the fields. 1. If you want to delete a project task, place the cursor on the line you want to delete and click ![icon-delete-cross](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-delete-cross.png). 1. Optional: Click **View details** to view the details of the selected project task line. The **Project budget by period** dialog box is displayed. 1. Optional: Click **View transactions** to view the transactions associated with the selected task. The **Project transactions - overview** dialog box is displayed, where you can see the project's transactions. You can also filter transactions by **item ID**, **employee**, and **date**. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png).

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

View project balance /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-project-budgets/view-project-balance page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # View project balance 1. Go tot he [Project balance (PM621000) report](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/project-balance-pm621000/) window. 1. If you do not select any options in the top part of the window, except for a project status, the table displays all the balances of the projects created in your company with the selected status. 1. To view more specific details on a project, select it in the table part and click **View project** in the top part to open it in the **Project** pop-up window.

Related pages

Windows

Change orders /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/change-orders section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Change orders About change order management /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/change-orders/about-change-order-management page Visma Net provides the change order functionality, which you can use to control changes to project’s budgeted and committed values and control the profitability of every change initiated by a customer. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About change order management Visma Net provides the change order functionality, which you can use to control changes to project’s budgeted and committed values and control the profitability of every change initiated by a customer. A change order is a document for profitability analysis and an audit trial of changes to the project revenue budget, commitments, and budgeted costs. Change orders do not alter the original figures of a project directly; they are tracked separately from the original figures for analysis. Change orders provide the following functionalities: + The ability to record changes to the project revenue budget, cost budgets, and commitments. + The ability to review the list of change orders related to a project on the **Change orders** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. + The ability to see in the [Commitments (PM306000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/commitments-pm306000/) window the changes for each purchase order as well as the original and committed values. + The ability to see on the **Change orders** tab of the [Purchase orders (PO301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/purchases/purchases-windows/purchase-orders-po301000/) window the list of change orders that affect the purchase order. + The ability to see the profitability of every change of the project budget initiated by the customer. The functionality of change orders is available only if the **Change orders** feature is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. To enable the change order workflow for a project, which enables the creation of change orders, select the **Change order workflow** check box on the **Summary** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window and save changes to the project. About change order creation /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/change-orders/about-change-order-creation page You can create a new change order either directly in the Change orders (PM308000) window or in the Projects (PM301000) window, if you click Create change order on the window toolbar or click Create change order on the table toolbar of the Change orders tab. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About change order creation You can create a new change order either directly in the Change orders (PM308000) window or in the Projects (PM301000) window, if you click Create change order on the window toolbar or click Create change order on the table toolbar of the Change orders tab. For more information: [Change orders (PM308000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/change-orders-pm308000/), [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/). In a change order with the **On hold** status, you can enter the necessary amendments to the project budget and commitments. On the **Revenue budget** and **Cost budget** tabs the [Change orders (PM308000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/change-orders-pm308000/) window, when you edit a change order line, you can see the original budgeted amount in the **Original budgeted amount** column; the released and draft change order amounts in the **Previously approved CO amount** and **Other draft CO amount** columns, respectively; and the revised budgeted amount in the **Revised budgeted amount** column. You can do any of the following in the [Change orders (PM308000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/change-orders-pm308000/) window: On the **Revenue budget** and **Cost budget** tabs: + Create a new budget line with a positive amount + Create a new budget line with a negative amount + Add an existing budget line + Make a deduction from an existing budget line > [!NOTE] > You can add an existing budget line to be modified to the change order in the **Select budget lines** dialog box if you click **Select budget lines** on the table toolbar. On the **Commitments** tab: + Create a new purchase order with a new line + Add a new line to an existing purchase order + Add to an existing purchase order line + Make a deduction from an existing purchase order line > [!NOTE] > You can add an existing commitment to be modified to the change order in the **Select commitments** dialog box if you click **Select commitments** on the table toolbar. The deduction from the amount and quantity of a purchase order line cannot be greater than the received qty. and received amount of the line. A change order document has the following reference numbers in the top part of the [Change orders (PM308000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/change-orders-pm308000/) window: **Reference no.:** The number of the change order in the system. This number is assigned to each change order based on the CHANGEORD number series, which is selected in the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window and can be reviewed or modified in the [Number series (CS201010)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/number-series-cs201010/) window. **Revenue change no.:** The number of the change order that can affect the revenue within the applicable project. Each project has its own number series of such change orders. The revenue change no. is an integer that the system assigns sequentially: 0001 for the first change order for the project, 0002 for the second, 0003 for the third, and so on. The last assigned number for the project is shown in the **Last revenue change no.** field in the **Project properties** area of the **Summary** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. You can manually change the revenue change no. of particular change order. (Duplicate numbers within a project are not allowed, however.) If you change the revenue change no. of a change order, you should respectively change the last revenue change no. of the corresponding project so that the system continues to assign these numbers correctly. For the changes orders that cannot affect the project revenue and the reversing change orders, the revenue change no. is read-only and equal to N/A. For the reversed change orders, you can reuse the revenue change no or assign the revenue change no. of a reversed change order to a new change order. This will not lead to an error of duplicated numbers because the reversed change order does not affect the project revenue anymore. If you reuse the revenue change no. of a reversed change order, you should respectively change the last revenue change no. of the corresponding project in the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window so that the system continues to assign these numbers correctly. **External reference no.:** The external reference number. This number, which is entered manually, can be the identifier required by the customer or the number from an external system integrated with Visma Net. A change order can also have a detailed description, which you can enter on the **Detailed description** tab of the [Change orders (PM308000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/change-orders-pm308000/) window. About change order release /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/change-orders/about-change-order-release page When a change order is released, the balances and commitments of the corresponding project are updated as follows: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About change order release When a change order is released, the balances and commitments of the corresponding project are updated as follows: + If the project has a revenue budget line with the same project task, cost code, or stock item, and account group as a revenue budget line of the change order, the system updates the following columns of the revenue budget line of the project on the **Revenue budget** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window: + Budgeted CO quantity = The total quantity of released change orders Budgeted CO amount = The total amount of released change orders + Revised budgeted quantity = Original budgeted quantity + Budgeted CO quantity + Revised budgeted amount = Original budgeted amount + Budgeted CO amount + Pending invoice amount = Completed (%) \* Revised budgeted amount – Actual amount – Draft invoices amount > [!NOTE] > As the result of the update, this amount can take rational values, including negative ones. + If the project does not have a revenue budget line with the same project task, cost code or inventory item, and account group as a revenue budget line of the change order, the system creates a new revenue budget line for the project based on the revenue budget line of the change order. + If the project has a cost budget line with the same project task, cost code or inventory item, and account group as a cost budget line of the change order, the system updates the following columns of the cost budget line of the project on the **Cost budget** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window: + Budgeted CO quantity = The total quantity of released change orders + Budgeted CO amount = The total amount of released change orders + Revised budgeted quantity = Original budgeted quantity + Budgeted CO quantity + Revised budgeted amount = Original budgeted amount + Budgeted CO amount If a commitment line of the change order has the **Update** status, the system updates the following values of the corresponding purchase order line on the **Document details** tab of the [Purchase orders (PO301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/purchases/purchases-windows/purchase-orders-po301000/) window based on the commitment line of the change order: + Order qty. = Original order qty. of the purchase order line + Quantity of the commitment line of the change order + Open quantity = Order qty. – Qty. on receipts + Ext. cost = Original ext. cost of the purchase order line + Amount of the commitment line of the change order + Open amount = Ext. cost – Received amount + Requested date = Order date of the commitment line of the change order If a commitment line of the change order has the **New line** status, the system adds a new line with the following values to the **Document details** tab of the [Purchase orders (PO301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/purchases/purchases-windows/purchase-orders-po301000/) window for the corresponding purchase order based on the commitment line of the change order: + Order qty. = Quantity of the commitment line of the change order + Ext. cost = Amount of the commitment line of the change order + Requested date = Order date of the commitment line of the change order + The date of the created purchase order is the earliest order date of the commitment lines of the change order. + The requested date of each purchase order line is the order date of the commitment line of the change order. + The system generates the default description of the created purchase order by using the following formula: '''Description''' = 'Change Order#' + [PMChangeOrder.RefNbr]. > [!NOTE] > A purchase order that originates from a change order cannot be edited or removed and can be only canceled, completed, or altered by yet another change order. For each purchase order line updated by a change order, the system updates the corresponding project commitment the [Commitments (PM306000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/commitments-pm306000/) window. For each purchase order line created from a change order, the system creates a new project commitment. In these commitments, the values are updated as follows: + Revised committed quantity = Order qty. of the purchase order line + Revised committed amount = Ext. cost of the purchase order line + Committed CO quantity = Revised committed quantity – Original committed quantity + Committed CO amount = Revised committed amount – Original committed amount + Committed open amount = Open amount of the purchase order line + If any commitment lines of the change order have the **New document** status, the system groups these lines by vendor and creates a new purchase order the [Purchase orders (PO301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/purchases/purchases-windows/purchase-orders-po301000/) window for each supplier based on the commitment lines of the change order as follows: + For each purchase order line updated by a change order, the system updates the corresponding project commitment the [Commitments (PM306000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/commitments-pm306000/) window. For each purchase order line created from a change order, the system creates a new project commitment. In these commitments, the values are updated as follows: + If the project has a cost budget line with the same project task, cost code or stock item, and account group as an updated or newly created commitment, the system updates the cost budget line of the project on the **Cost budget** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. Otherwise, the system creates a new cost budget line for the project based on the commitment. + If the project does not have a cost budget line with the same project task, cost code or stock item, and account group as a cost budget line of the change order, the system creates a new cost budget line for the project based on the cost budget line of the change order. > [!NOTE] > After a change order has been released, it can no longer be changed, only reversed in the [Change orders (PM308000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/change-orders-pm308000/) window by clicking the **Reverse** action on the window toolbar. Project accounting windows /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project accounting windows Account groups (PM201000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/account-groups-pm201000 page In this window, you can define account groups, which you can use to track the budget, expenses, and revenues of projects. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Account groups (PM201000) In this window, you can define account groups, which you can use to track the budget, expenses, and revenues of projects. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. In this window, you can define account groups, which you can use to track the budget, expenses, and revenues of projects. An account group of a particular type is mapped to specific general ledger accounts of only certain types or an account group of the **Asset** or **Liability** type may include only asset and liability accounts and an account group of the **Income** or **Expense** type may include only income and expense accounts. You can also use this window to define account groups of the **Off-balance** type, which give you the ability to track statistical information for projects. For more information, see: [About account groups](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-projects/about-account-groups/). ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The top part You use the elements in this area to add a new account group or to view the details of an existing group.
Element Description
Account group ID The unique (and automatically assigned) identifier of the account group.
Type

The type of the account group. You can select one of the following options:

Asset
The account group may include asset and liability accounts.
Liability
The account group may include liability and asset accounts.
Income
The account group may include income and expense accounts.
Expense
The account group may include expense and income accounts.
Off-balance
The account group is used to track statistical information.
Description The description of the account group.
Active A check box that indicates (if selected) that the account group is used in projects. If the check box is cleared, the account group is not available for selection in any project windows.
## The Accounts tab On this tab, you create a list of General ledger accounts to associate with the account group, unless the group is **Off-balance**.
Column Description
Account A General ledger account can only be associated with only one account group.
Type Asset, Liability, Income, or Expense.
Account class The account class to which the account is assigned.
Description A description of the account. These descriptions are created in the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window.
Currency The currency of the account.
Default A check box that indicates (if selected) that the account is the default account for the account group.
## The Project attributes tab On this tab, it is only possible to add attributes that are defined with the account group type in the [Project attributes (PM202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-attributes-pm202000/) window.
Column Description
Attribute The attribute name.
Required A check box that indicates (if selected) that this attribute is mandatory.
Value The value of the attribute for this account group.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Allocation rules (PM207500) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/allocation-rules-pm207500 section Your company can have such expenses as office rent or administrative expenses that are posted to the general ledger but not classified against projects and not presented in the project budget. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Allocation rules (PM207500) Your company can have such expenses as office rent or administrative expenses that are posted to the general ledger but not classified against projects and not presented in the project budget. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. For a more accurate estimation of the project profitability, you can capture such expenses as the project overhead by **allocating** the project. To calculate the overhead for projects, you create an allocation rule. Using this allocation rule, the system creates allocation transactions based on the project transactions posted to a particular account group or specific groups. These allocation transactions post the calculated overhead amount to the specified account group. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The top part By using the elements in this area, you can specify the settings for a new rule or select an existing rule to view or modify its details.
Element Description
Allocation rule The unique identifier of the rule.
Description The description of the allocation rule.
## The left pane In the left pane, you define the sequence of steps for the selected allocation rule. You then define the actual calculation rules and allocation settings for each step by using the tabs in the right pane.
Element Description
Step ID The identifier of the step in the allocation rule.
Description The description of the step.
## The Calculation rules tab For a step selected in the left pane, you can specify which transactions to use as the base for allocation and how to generate the resulting transactions.
Column Description
Allocation method

The method to be used for allocation. Select one of the following options:

Allocate transactions
The system calculates the amount to allocate by using the underlying transactions and their amounts. You use this option to implement a time and materials or cost-plus-project scenario in which the project total is calculated as a percentage of its costs.
Allocate budget
The system calculates the amount to allocate as a percentage of the task budget (other amounts are ignored and not used in calculations). You use this option to implement a fixed-price project scenario in which the project total is predefined by a budget.
Create allocation transaction

If you select this check box, the system will create the allocation transactions resulting from this step.

If you do not select this check box, the resulting transactions will be placed on a clipboard until used by another allocation step.

### The Selection criteria section
Element Description
Select transactions

The way the system should select the transactions to be used as the basis for generating allocation transactions in this step. Select one of the following options:

Not allocated transactions
The step will be applied to original project-related transactions that were not allocated. If you select this option, the fields Account group from and Account group to become available.
From previous allocation steps
The step will be applied to the transactions generated for previous steps and placed on the clipboard. If you select this option, the fields Range start and Range end become available.
Account group From

The account group that starts the range of account groups whose transactions are involved in this allocation step. (The account groups are ordered alphabetically.)

This field is only available if the From previous allocation steps option in the Transaction options section is selected.

Range start

The starting step that opens the range of previous steps,so that their allocation transactions can be used by the current step.

This field is only available if, under the Select transactions, you have selected the option From previous allocation steps.

Account group To

The account group that ends the range of account groups involved in this allocation step. (The groups are ordered alphabetically.)

This field is only available if, under the Select transactions, you have selected the option From previous allocation steps.

Range end

The step to end the range of previous steps whose allocation transactions will be used by the current step.

This field is only available if, under the Select transactions, you have selected the option From previous allocation steps.

### Rate settings section
Element Description
Rate type The rate type to be used for this step of the allocation rule.
If @Rate is not defined

The default action you want the system to perform if the value for the @Rate has not been defined after execution of the step.

Select one of the following options:

Set @Rate to 1
To set the @Rate to 1.
Set @Rate to 0
To set the @Rate to 0.
Raise error
To show the error message and stop processing.
Do not allocate
To skip the generation of the allocation transactions.
### The Calculation settings section
Element Description
Quantity formula

The formula you want to use to calculate the quantity for allocation transactions. Click icon-select to open the window.

You can also use other transaction parameters to calculate the quantity. The resulting value is normally used to track task or project completion or the total quantity for the task or project.

Formula invoiceable qty.

The formula for calculating the invoiceable quantity for allocation transactions. Click icon-select to open the window.

You can also use any other transaction parameters to calculate the invoiceable quantity. Generally, you use this field to define the quantity for which you will charge the customer during invoicing.

Amount formula

The formula for calculating the amount of allocation transactions. Click icon-select to open the window.

You can also use any other transaction parameters to calculate the amount. The resulting value is normally used to track task or project completion or the amount for the task or project.

Description formula

The formula you can use to generate the descriptions for allocation transactions. Click icon-select to open the window.

If you use this step of the allocation rule to accumulate invoiceable amounts, the text the formula generates will be displayed on the invoice.

## The Allocation settings tab On this tab, for the step selected in the left pane, you can specify how to allocate the project amounts to specific accounts and account groups. ### The Transaction options section
Element Description
Post transaction to General ledger

If you select this check box,the allocation transactions will be posted to the general ledger.

If you do not select this check box, the transactions are not posted to the general ledger. Instead, they are only used to track analytical or statistical information for projects, and you can only specify account groups (not accounts) in the Debit transaction and Credit transaction sections.

Reverse allocation

Indicates when the allocation transactions should be reversed. Select one of the following options:

On invoice release
The allocation transaction is reversed immediately after the release of the invoice generated on the basis of this allocation transaction.
On project invoicing
The allocation transaction is reversed immediately after the invoice is generated on the basis of this allocation transaction.
Never
The allocation transaction is never reversed.
Date source

Indicates how the date for the allocation transactions is defined. The following options are available:

Original transaction
Take the date from the original transaction.
Allocation date
Use the date of the allocation.
Create transaction with zero qty.

If you select this check box,the system will create the allocation transaction, even if it has a quantity of zero. As a result, such transactions will be available in the invoice after you run invoicing.

If you do not select this check box, the system will not create transactions with zero quantities.

Create transaction with zero amount

If you select this check box,the system will create the allocation transaction, even if it has an amount of zero. As a result, such transactions will be available in the invoice after you run invoicing.

If you do not select this check box, the system will not create transactions with zero amounts.

Create non-invoiceable transaction

If you select this check box,the system will create the allocation transaction, even if it is not invoiceable. As a result, such transactions will be available in the invoice after you run invoicing.

If you do not select this check box, the system will not create transactions that are not invoiceable.

Can be used as source in another allocation When this is selected, you can use it as a source in another allocation.
### The Debit transaction section
Element Description
Project

Two fields that you can use to select the project for the allocation’s debit transactions.

In the left field, choose one of the following options:

Use source
Use the project specified in the original transaction.
Replace
Enables the field on the right, where you can click icon-select to specify the project for the allocation’s debit transactions.
Task

Two fields that you can use to select the task for the allocation’s debit transactions.

In the left field, choose one of the following options:

Use source
Use the task specified in the original transaction.
Replace
Enables the field on the right, where you can click icon-select to specify the task for the allocation’s debit transactions.
Account group

When the Post transaction to general ledger check box is selected for the current allocation step, you see two fields. If not, you see one.

In the left field, choose one of the following options:

Use source
Use the account group specified in the original transaction.
Replace
Enables the field on the right, where you can click icon-select to specify the account group for the allocation’s debit transactions.

In the right field, you can (if the above mentioned check box is selected) select the account group for the allocation’s debit transactions.

Account origin

Two fields that you can use to select the account for the allocation’s debit transactions.

These fields are available only if you have selected the Post transaction to general ledger check box for the current allocation step. In the left field, choose one of the following options:

Use source
Use the account group specified in the original transaction.
Replace
Enables the field on the right, where you can click icon-select to specify the account group for the allocation transaction. In the field to the right, you can only select an account that is included in an account group.
Credit source
To have the system generate an allocation transaction that debits the credit account of the underlying (source) transaction.
Subaccount

Two fields that you can use to select the subaccount for the allocation’s debit transactions.

Note

These fields are only available if the Post the transaction to the general ledger check box is selected for the current allocation step.

Use the left field to specify the subaccount mask to be used to generate subaccounts for this step. To specify the mask, for each segment, select the source of segment values, which can be one of the following options:

A
The subaccount that is associated with the current allocation step and specified in the right field.
P
The default subaccount of the project.
S
The subaccount from the source transaction.
T
The default subaccount of the project task.
### The Credit transaction section
Element Description
Project

Two fields that you can use to select the project for the allocation’s credit transactions.

In the left field, choose one of the following options:

Use source
Use the project specified in the original transaction.
Replace
Enables the field on the right, where you can select the project for the allocation’s credit transactions.
Task

Two fields that you can use to select the task for the allocation’s credit transactions.

In the left field, choose one of the following options:

Use source
Use the task specified in the original transaction.
Replace
Enables the field on the right, where you can click icon-select to specify the task for the allocation’s credit transactions.
Account group

Two fields that you can use to select the account group for the allocation’s credit transactions.

These fields are only available if the Post transaction to general ledger check box is selected for the current allocation step.

In the left field, choose one of the following options:

Use source
Use the account group specified in the original transaction.
Replace
Enables the field on the right, where you can click icon-select to specify the account group for the allocation’s credit transactions.
Replace
Do not use an account group.

In the right field, you can (if the above mentioned check box is selected) select the account group for the allocation’s credit transactions.

Account origin

Two fields that you can use to select the account for the allocation’s debit transactions.

These fields are available only if you have selected the Post transaction to general ledger check box for the current allocation step.

In the left field, choose one of the following options:

Use source
Use the account group specified in the original transaction.
Replace
Enables the field on the right, where you can click icon-select to specify the account group for the allocation transaction. In the field to the right, you can only select an account that is included in an account group.
Credit source
To have the system generate an allocation transaction that debits the credit account of the underlying (source) transaction.
Subaccount

Two fields that you can use to select the subaccount to be used for the allocation’s credit transactions.

These fields are available only if the Post transaction to General ledger check box is selected for the current allocation step.

Use the left field to specify the subaccount mask to be used to generate subaccounts for this step. To specify the mask, for each segment, select the source of segment values, which can be one of the following options:

A
The subaccount that is associated with the current allocation step and specified in the right text field
P
The default subaccount of the project
S
The subaccount from the source transaction
T
The default subaccount of the project task

Use the right field to select the subaccount if the A option is selected at least for one segment.

### The Aggregate transactions section
Element Description
The Aggregate transactions section

A set of check boxes that control how the system breaks the underlying transactions into groups when it generates the corresponding project transactions.

You can also group transactions by using multiple criteria.

For instance: If you apply grouping by employee and by item, Visma Net first breaks the underlying transactions by employee and then combines the transactions within the groups by stock items. The amount of each resulting transaction will be a sum of all transaction amounts in each subgroup.

By date
Groups the underlying transactions by date
By employee
Combines the underlying transactions by employee
By supplier
Combines the underlying transactions by supplier or customer
By item
Combines the underlying transactions by stock item.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Budget details (PMGI0010) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/budget-details-pmgi0010 page You use this window to view the budget details of all the projects. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Budget details (PMGI0010) You use this window to view the budget details of all the projects. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## The table The table shown on each filter tab contains the list of projects that match the criteria of the selected filter tab. The table on each tab has the following columns.
Element Description
Project ID

The unique ID for the project.

You can click the link to navigate to the Projects (PM301000) window and view the details of the selected project.

Description The description of the project.
Task ID The identifier of the task.
Item ID The item that is used in the revenue or cost budget line.
Account Group The account group of the revenue or cost budget line.
Type The type of the budget line, which has one of the following values: Asset, Expense, Liability, Income, or Off-balance.
Description The description of the revenue or cost budget line.
Budgeted quantity The budgeted quantity of the revenue or cost budget line.
UoM The unit of measure of the revenue or cost budget line.
Unit rate The price of the specified unit.
Budgeted amount The original budgeted amount of the revenue or cost budget line.
Revised quantity

The revised quantity if the budget quantity has been revised for the project after the initial budgeting.

By default, this quantity is equal to the Budgeted quantity value specified for the line.

Revised amount

The revised amount if the budget amount has been revised for the project after the initial budgeting.

By default, this quantity is equal to the Budgeted quantity value specified for the line.

Actual quantity The total quantity of the released project transactions that correspond to the budget line with the complex key of project, project task, account group, item ID, and cost code (if applicable).
Actual amount The total amount of the released project transactions that correspond to the budget line with the complex key of project, project task, account group, item ID, and cost code (if applicable).
Committed amount The total amount of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.
Committed open amount The total open amount of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, account group, item ID, and cost code (if applicable).
Committed invoiced amount The total invoiced amount of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, account group, item ID, and cost code (if applicable).
## The Table filter tabs Each of the default filter tabs listed below has a table whose records may be filtered by certain criteria.
Element Description
All records tab This tab lists all the existing project budget lines of any balance type ( Asset, Expense, Liability, Income, or Off-balance ).
Expenses tab This tab lists all the existing project budget lines of the Expense type.
Income tab This tab lists all the existing project budget lines of the Income type.

Related pages

Concepts

Budget summary by account group (PMPV0010) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/budget-summary-by-account-group-pmpv0010 page You use this window to explore the particular amounts of project budgets provided by the Budget details (PMGI0010) generic inquiry. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Budget summary by account group (PMPV0010) You use this window to explore the particular amounts of project budgets provided by the Budget details (PMGI0010) generic inquiry. For more information: [Budget details (PMGI0010)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/budget-details-pmgi0010/). This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You use this window to explore the particular amounts of project budgets provided by the [Budget details (PMGI0010)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/budget-details-pmgi0010/) generic inquiry. To see the elements that you can add to or delete from your pivot table, click **Customise** at the top of the working area. The system navigates to the [Pivot tables (SM208010)](/visma-net-erp/help/customisation/customisation-windows/pivot-tables-sm208010/) window, where you can edit this specific pivot table or other pivot tables, if needed. ## The table The table displays the summarised data from the [Budget details (PMGI0010)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/budget-details-pmgi0010/) generic inquiry window. Please note that the language of the table columns is the language of the company template. Also, the content of the table depends on the customisation you have done.
Column Description
Project ID The unique identifier for the project.
Column Description
Type The type of the budget line, which has one of the following values: Asset, Expense, Liability, Income, or Off-balance.

Related pages

Concepts

Change orders (PM3080PL) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/change-orders-pm3080pl page In this window, you can select and open the change order you want to edit in the Change orders (PM308000) window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Change orders (PM3080PL) In this window, you can select and open the change order you want to edit in the Change orders (PM308000) window. For more information: [Change orders (PM308000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/change-orders-pm308000/). This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## The table columns The first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column.
Element Description
Ref. no. The reference number of the change order, which the system automatically assigns.
Status

The status of the document, which can be one of the following:

On hold
The user can edit or delete the change order with only this status but cannot release it.
Pending approval
The order is pending approval.
Open
The system assigns this status to the change order if the employee who was assigned to approve the change order has approved it. If no approval is configured for change orders, the system assigns this status to the change order immediately after a user clears the Hold check box. The user can release the change order or save it with the On hold status for further editing.
Closed
The change order has been released and cannot be edited.
Rejected
The change order has been rejected and cannot be edited.
Class ID The change order class of the order.
Customer name The name of the customer on the change order.
Customer no. The number of the customer on the change order.
Project ID The ID of the project connected with the change order.
Description The description of the project.
Revenue change no. The number of the change order that affect the project revenue within the project, which the system uses for printing. The revenue change number is an integer that the system assigns sequentially, starting from 1 and then 2, 3, and so on. The last assigned number for the change orders of the project is shown in the Last revenue change no. field in the Project properties section of the Summary tab of this window.
Description The description provided for the change order.
Change date The date on which the changes made with the change order should be recorded in the project balances.
Approval date The date that is communicated to the customer as the approval date of the agreed-upon changes.
Project no The number of the project associated with the change order. If the change order has at least one line on the Revenue budget, Cost budget, or Commitments tab, you cannot change the project for the change order.
Revenue budget change total The total amount of the changes of the change order to the revenue budget of the project.
Gross margin The difference between the Revenue budget change total and the Cost budget change total values.
Created on The creation date of the change order.
Display name The display name of the change order.
Last modified The date when the change order has been last modified.
Selected The check box you select to select the order for processing.
Change orders (PM308000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/change-orders-pm308000 page You can use this window to view and modify a change order, as well as to add or delete an existing change order. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Change orders (PM308000) You can use this window to view and modify a change order, as well as to add or delete an existing change order. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The window toolbar
Element Description
Release Releases the change order.
Actions

Provides the following menu commands:

Email change order
Sends the selected change order as an email.
Reverse
Invokes the creation of a new change order with lines that reverse the impact of the currently selected change order.

This action is available if the currently selected change order is released.

Reports Provides the Print change order menu command, which you click to navigate to the Change order (PM643000) report.
## The top part You can use the elements in this area to add a new change order or to select an existing change order and view its details.
Field Description
Ref. no The reference number of the change order, which the system automatically assigns.
Status

The status of the document, which can be one of the following:

On hold
You can edit or delete the change order with only this status but cannot release it.
Open
The system assigns this status to the change order if the employee who was assigned to approve the change order has approved it. If no approval is configured for change orders, the system assigns this status to the change order immediately after a user clears the Hold check box. The user can release the change order or save it with the On Hold status for further editing.
Closed
The change order has been released and cannot be edited.
Rejected
The system assigns this status to the change order if the employee who was assigned to approve the change order has rejected it. The change order can be saved with the On hold status for further editing.
Pending approval
The change order has been taken off hold (that is, this status was assigned when the Hold check box was cleared for the change order). If Approval is activated, a change order with this status is visible to the employee who has been assigned to approve it. If the change order is approved, it is assigned the Open status; if the change order is rejected, its status changes to Rejected.The change order can be also saved with the On hold status for further editing.
Hold A check box that indicates (if selected) that the change order is a draft and thus has the On hold status.
Change date The date on which the changes made on the change order should be recorded in the project balances.
Approval date The date that has been communicated to the customer as the approval date of the agreed-upon changes.
Contract time change, days A positive or negative number of days that represents the delay of the contract and is used in reports.
Description The description provided for the change order.
Class The class of the change order, which is defined in the Change order classes (PM203000) window and provides default settings for the change order. If a change order class has been selected in the Default change order class field on General settings tab of the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window that class is inserted into this field by default when you create a new change order, but you can select another class.
Project The project associated with the change order. If the change order has at least one line on the Revenue budget, Cost budget, or Commitments tab, you cannot change the project for the change order.
Customer The customer associated with the project.
External reference no The external reference number of the change order.
Revenue change no.

The number of the change order that can affect the revenue within the project. That is, the change order class has the Revenue budget check box selected on the Details tab of the Change order classes (PM203000) window.

You can manually change the Revenue change no. (duplicate numbers within the project are not allowed, however). If you change this number for the change order, you should respectively change the last revenue change no. of the project in the Project properties section of the Summary tab of the Projects (PM301000) window so that the system continues to assign these numbers correctly.

For the changes orders that cannot affect the project revenue and the reversing change orders, this number is read-only and equal to N/A.

Revenue budget change total The total amount of the changes of the change order to the revenue budget of the project, which is the total of the Amount column on the Revenue budget tab of the Change orders (PM308000) window.
Commitments change total The total amount of the changes of the change order to the commitments of the project, which is the total of the Amount in base currency column on the Commitments tab of the Change orders (PM308000) window.
Cost budget change total The total amount of the changes of the change order to the cost budget of the project, which is the total of the Amount column on the Cost budget tab of the Change orders (PM308000) window.
Gross margin amount The difference between the revenue budget change total and the cost budget change total values.
Gross margin % The system calculates this percentage by using the following formula: (Revenue budget change total – Cost budget change total ) / Revenue budget change total * 100.
## The Cost budget tab This tab lists all the changes that affect the cost budget of the project. Each line can modify an existing line of the cost budget or add a new one. ### The table toolbar ### The table columns
Element Description
Project task A task of the project. If you add a new line and the project has the default project task, this task is automatically populated in the column.
Item ID

The identifier of the item associated with the cost budget line of the project.

This column is shown if Task and item is selected as the Revenue budget level of the project on the Summary tab of the Projects (PM301000) window.

Cost code

The cost code associated with the cost budget line of the project. This column is shown if the Cost codes functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window and Task and cost code is selected as the Cost budget level of the project

on the Summary tab of the Projects (PM301000) window.

Account group The income account group associated with the cost budget line of the project.
Description The description of the cost budget line that is associated with the project, project task, account group, and cost code or item.
Quantity The quantity of the change order line.
UoM

The unit of measure of the cost budget line.

This column is read-only for existing cost budget lines.

Unit rate The price of the specified unit of the cost budget line. This column is read-only for existing cost budget lines.
Amount The amount of the change order line in the base currency.
Original budgeted quantity

The original budgeted quantity of the cost budget line that is associated with the same project, project task, account group, and cost code or item.

This column is read-only.

Original budgeted amount

The original budgeted amount of the cost budget line that is associated with the same project, project task, account group, and cost code or item. The amount is displayed in the base currency.

This column is read-only.

Previously approved CO quantity

The total quantity of the released change orders that were created before the current one and that are associated with the same project, project task, account group, and cost code or item.

This column is read-only.

Previously approved CO amount

The total amount of the released change orders that were created before the current one and that are associated with the same project, project task, account group, and cost code or item. The amount is displayed in the base currency.

This column is read-only.

Revised budgeted quantity

The sum of the Original budgeted quantity and Quantity values.

This column is read-only.

Revised budgeted amount

The sum of the Original budgeted amount and Amount values. The amount is displayed in the base currency.

This column is read-only.

Revised committed quantity

The total revised quantity of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, account group, and cost code or item.

This column is read-only and is shown only if the Internal cost commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Revised committed amount

The total revised amount of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, account group, and cost code or item. The amount is displayed in the base currency.

This column is read-only and is shown only if the Internal cost commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Committed received quantity

The total received quantity of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is read-only and is shown only if the Internal cost commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Committed invoiced amount

The total invoiced quantity of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is read-only and is shown only if the Internal cost commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Committed open quantity

The total open quantity of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is read-only and is shown only if the Internal cost commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Committed invoiced amount

The total invoiced quantity of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is read-only and is shown only if the Internal cost commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Committed CO quantity

The total quantity of the commitment lines of released change orders that were created before the current one and that are associated with the same project, project task, account group, and cost code or item.

This column is read-only and is shown only if the Internal cost commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Committed CO amount This column is read-only and is shown only if the Internal cost commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.
Actual quantity

The total amount of the commitment lines of released change orders that were created before the current one and that are associated with the same project, project task, account group, and cost code or item. The amount is displayed in the base currency.

The total quantity of the lines of the released customer invoices that refer to the cost budget line with the same project, project task, account group, and cost code or item.

This column is read-only.

Actual amount

The total amount of the lines of the released customer invoices that refer to the cost budget line with the same project, project task, account group, and cost code or item. The amount is displayed in the base currency.

This column is read-only.

Other draft CO amount

The total amount of the lines of the unreleased change orders (except for the current one) that refer to the cost budget line with the same project, project task, account group, and cost code or item. The amount is displayed in the base currency.

This column is read-only.

### The Select budget lines dialog box This dialog box, which opens when you click **Select budget lines** on the table toolbar, shows the list of cost budget lines of the project. In this dialog box, you can select specific cost budget lines or all the lines and add them to the change order.
Element Description
Included An unlabelled check box that you select to upload this cost budget line to the change order if you then click Add lines or Add lines and close.
Add lines Uploads the selected cost budget lines to the change order. The dialog box remains open.
Add lines and close Uploads the selected cost budget lines to the change order and closes the dialog box.
Cancel Cancels your selections and closes the dialog box.
## The Commitments tab This tab lists all the changes that affect the commitments of the project. On each line you can modify an existing commitment or add a new one. ### The table toolbar
Select commitments Opens the Select commitments dialog box, which shows the list of purchase order lines associated with the corresponding project that you can add to the change order.
### The table columns
Element Description
Status

The status of the commitment line of the change order, which can be one of the following:

Update
The line updates an existing purchase order line associated with the project and project task.
New line
The line adds a new purchase order line associated with the project and project task to the selected purchase order.
New document
The line adds a new purchase order line associated with the project and project task to a new purchase order.

This column is read-only for an existing commitment.

Project task

A task of the project. If you add a new line and the project has the default project task, this task is automatically populated in the column.

This column is read-only for an existing commitment.

Item ID The identifier of the item associated with the commitment. This column is read-only for an existing commitment.
Cost code The cost code associated with the revenue budget line of the project. This column is shown if the Cost codes functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Description The description of the commitment that is associated with the project, project task, account group, and cost code or item.
Quantity The quantity of the commitment.
Description The description provided for the change order.
UoM

The unit of measure of the commitment.

This column is read-only for an existing commitment.

Unit cost

The price of the specified unit of the commitment in the currency of the purchase order.

This column is read-only for an existing commitment.

Amount The amount of the commitment in the currency of the purchase order.
Account

The expense account associated with the commitment.

This column is read-only for an existing commitment.

Supplier

The supplier associated with the commitment.

This column is read-only if the supplier is selected for the commitment line.

Purchase order no.

The reference number of the purchase order.

In this column, you can select any normal purchase order with the On hold, Pending printing, Pending email, or Open status that has at least one non-cancelled or non-completed line. If a supplier is selected for the line, you can select a purchase order associated with only the selected supplier.

Order date

The date of the commitment.

For an existing commitment, this is the date of the purchase order associated with the commitment.

For a commitment line with the New document status, this column is empty by default.

This column is read-only.

Currency

The currency of the purchase order associated with the commitment.

For a commitment line with the New document status, this is the default currency.

This column is read-only for an existing commitment.

Purchase order line no.

The number of the purchase order line associated with the commitment.

For a commitment line with the New line or New document status, this column is empty by default.

Draft invoices amount

The total amount of the lines of pro forma invoices that refer to the revenue budget line with the same project, project task, account group, and cost code or item and for which the corresponding customer invoices have not been released yet.

This column is read-only.

Line description

The description of the purchase order line associated with the commitment.

This column is read-only. For a commitment line with the New line or New document status, this column is empty.

Order qty.

The original quantity of the purchase order line associated with the commitment.

This column is read-only. For a commitment line with the New line or New document status, this column is empty.

Line amount

The original amount of the purchase order line associated with the commitment. The amount is displayed in the currency of the purchase order.

This column is read-only. For a commitment line with the New line or New document status, this column is empty.

Open qty.

The open quantity of the purchase order line associated with the commitment.

This column is read-only. For a commitment line with the New line or New document status, this column is empty.

Open amount

The open amount of the purchase order line associated with the commitment. The amount is displayed in the currency of the purchase order.

This column is read-only. For a commitment line with the New line or New document status, this amount is zero.

Amount in base currency

The amount of the commitment in the base currency.

This column is read-only.

Total potentially revised amount

The sum of the Amount and Line amount values. The amount is displayed in the currency of the purchase order.

This column is read-only.

Total potentially revised quantity

The sum of the Quantity and Order qty. values. The amount is displayed in the currency of the purchase order.

This column is read-only.

### The Select commitments dialog box This dialog box, which opens when you click **Select commitments** on the table toolbar, shows the list of purchase order lines associated with the project. Purchase order lines are listed in the dialog box only if they are not cancelled or completed and if the status of the corresponding purchase order is **Pending printing**, **Pending email**, or **Open**. In this dialog box, you can select specific lines or all the lines and add them to the change order. ### The Selection area The Selection area of the dialog box has the following elements, which you can use to select the criteria of purchase order lines to be displayed in the table.
Element Description
Supplier The supplier for which you want to view purchase order lines. If you want to see the purchase order lines associated with all suppliers, leave this field blank.
Purchase order no.

The reference number of the purchase order for which you want to view lines.

If you want to see purchase order lines associated with all purchase orders, leave this field blank.

In this column, you can select any normal purchase order with the Pending printing, Pending email, or Open status that has at least one non-cancelled or non-completed line. If a supplier is selected in the Selection area of the dialog box, you can select only a purchase order associated with the selected supplier.

Cost code from

The first cost code of the range for which you want to view purchase order lines. If you want to see the purchase order lines associated with all cost codes, leave this field blank.

This field is shown if the Cost code functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Cost code to

The last cost code of the range for which you want to view purchase order lines. If you want to see the purchase order lines associated with all cost codes, leave this field blank.

This field is shown if the Cost code functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Item ID

The item for which you want to view purchase order lines.

If you want to see the purchase order lines associated with all items, leave this field blank.

Project task

The project task for which you want to view purchase order lines.

If you want to see the purchase order lines associated with all tasks, leave this field blank.

#### The table columns
Element Description
Project task The project task associated with the purchase order line.
Item ID The item of the purchase order line.
Cost code

The cost code associated with the purchase order line.

This field is shown if the Cost code functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Purchase order no. The reference number of the purchase order.
Supplier The supplier associated with the purchase order.
Order date The date of the purchase order.
Purchase order line no. The number of the purchase order line.
Line description The description of the purchase order line.
Order qty.

The quantity of the purchase order line.

This column is read-only. For a commitment line with the New line or New document status, this column is empty.

UoM The unit of measure of the purchase order line.
Unit cost The price of the specified unit of the purchase order line in the currency of the purchase order.
Received qty. The received quantity of the purchase order line.
Line amount The amount of the purchase order line.
Alternate ID The alternate identifier used for the item of the purchase order line.
Promised The date when the item’s delivery was promised.
Supplier ref. The supplier reference number specified for the purchase order.
Add lines Uploads the selected cost budget lines to the change order. The dialog box remains open.
Add lines and close Uploads the selected cost budget lines to the change order and closes the dialog box.
Cancel Cancels your selections and closes the dialog box.
## The Attributes tab On the Attributes tab, you can view, add, change, or delete attribute values for the change order.
Element Description
Attribute The attribute used for the change order.
Required When this check box is selected, this attribute is required for the change order.
Value The value of the attribute for the change order.

Related pages

Concepts

Change order classes (PM203000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/change-order-classes-pm203000 page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Change order classes (PM203000) This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. + Change order classes enable grouping of change orders by their impact on projects and by additional attributes that classes can have. + You can also segregate changes by class in reports to analyse, for example, which types of changes have the greatest impact on project profitability. + By using a change order class, you can create an internal change order that does not affect the revenue budget of projects and is not assigned any reference number within a project. This class of change orders will not have the **Revenue budget** tab in the [Change orders (PM308000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/change-orders-pm308000/) window. + Change order classes also support the use of global attributes defined in the [Attributes (CS205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/attributes-cs205000/) window. A list of attributes can be specified for a change order class to be available in each change order belonging to the class. + You can specify a default change order class in the **Default change order class** field on the **General settings** tab of the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window. The default change order class is then assigned to each newly created document in the [Change orders (PM308000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/change-orders-pm308000/) window. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The top part
Element Description
Class ID The unique identifier of the change order class.
Description The description of the change order class.
Active A check box that indicates (if selected) that the change order class is available for selection in the Change orders (PM308000) window.
## The Details tab This tab includes general information about the change order class.
Element Description
Cost budget A check box that indicates (if selected) that you can modify existing cost budget lines and add new ones with change orders of this class.
Revenue budget A check box that indicates (if selected) that you can modify existing revenue budget lines and add new ones with change orders of this class.
Commitments A check box that indicates (if selected) that you can modify existing commitments and add new ones with change orders of this class.
## The Attributes tab On the Attributes tab, you can select attributes for this change order class. You can add only attributes that have been defined in the [Attributes (CS205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/attributes-cs205000/) window. The table toolbar includes only standard buttons.
Element Description
Active A check box that indicates (if selected) that the attribute is available for the change orders of this class. You can deactivate an obsolete attribute by clearing the check box. In this case, the deactivated attribute will no longer be displayed for the change orders of this class, but all attribute values that have already been specified for existing change order still will be stored in the database. Thus, if you re-activate the attribute, its values will become visible in the system again.
Attribute ID The attribute identifier, which has been specified in the Attributes (CS205000) window.
Description A read-only field showing the description that has been provided for the attribute.
Sort order An integer that defines the position of the attribute in the list of attributes available for the entity type. You should specify 1 for the first attribute you want to be listed, 2 for the second, and so on.
Required A check box that indicates (if selected) that the user must specify a value for this attribute on the appropriate data entry form.
Control type A read-only field displaying the element type of the attribute.
Default value A default value of the selected attribute, which is specified in the Attributes (CS205000) window.
Commitments (PM306000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/commitments-pm306000 page In this window, you can view the list of internal and external commitments associated with projects and create external commitments. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Commitments (PM306000) In this window, you can view the list of internal and external commitments associated with projects and create external commitments. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. In this window, you can view the list of internal and external commitments associated with projects and create external commitments. You can use selection criteria to narrow the list of commitments displayed. You can display only the commitments associated with a specific project, account group, project task, or stock item or any combination of these criteria. ## The window toolbar
Element Description
Create external commitment Opens the External commitments (PM209000) window, which you can use to create a new external commitment.
## The top part You use the elements in this area to select the criteria of commitments to be displayed in the table and to review the totals calculated for the selected commitments.
Element Description
Project

The identifier of the project whose commitments you want to view.

To see the commitments associated with all projects, leave this field blank.

Account group

The account group for which you want to view commitments.

To see the commitments associated with all account groups, leave this field blank.

Project task

The project task for which you want to view commitments.

To see the commitments associated with all tasks, leave this field blank.

Cost code

The cost code for which you want to view commitments. If you want to see commitments associated with all cost codes, leave this field blank.

The field is available if the Cost code functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Item ID

The item for which you want to view commitments.

To see the commitments associated with all items, leave this field blank.

Revised quantity A read-only field that displays the total quantity of the commitments that meet the criteria you have selected.
Revised amount A read-only field that displays the total amount of the commitments that meet the criteria you have selected.
Open quantity A read-only field that displays the total open quantity of the commitments that meet the criteria you have selected.
Open amount A read-only field that displays the total open amount of the commitments that meet the criteria you have selected.
Received quantity A read-only field that displays the total received quantity of the commitments that satisfy the criteria you have selected.
Invoiced quantity A read-only field that displays the total invoiced quantity of the commitments that satisfy the criteria you have selected.
Invoiced amount A read-only field that displays the total invoiced amount of the commitments that meet the criteria you have selected.
## The table In the table, you can view the commitments that meet the selection criteria you have specified.
Element Description
Related document The document related with the commitment.
Type

The type of the commitment, which can be one of the following options:

Internal
The commitment originates from a document created in the system.
External
The commitment has been imported to Visma Net or created manually.
Project The project associated with the commitment.
Account group The account group that was updated by the commitment.
Project task The project task associated with the commitment.
Item ID The item associated with the commitment.
Cost codes

The cost code associated with the commitment.

The field is available if the Cost code functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

External ref. no

The reference number of the commitment of the External type.

You can click the link in this column to open in a pop-up window the External commitments (PM209000) window, which you can use to modify or delete the external commitment.

UoM The unit of measure of the commitment.
Original committed quantity

The original quantity of the commitment that does not include the changes of change orders.

For a the commitment of the Internal type, this quantity is equal to the quantity of the corresponding line of the sales or purchase order from which the commitment originates.

In the Projects (PM301000) window, this quantity is included in the Committed quantity of the budget line associated with the same project, project task, stock item, and account group if the budget line has a UoM that the system can convert to the UoM of the commitment by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.

Original committed amount

The original amount of the commitment that does not include the changes of change orders.

For a commitment of the Internal type, this amount is equal to the amount of the corresponding line of the sales or purchase order from which the commitment originates.

For a commitment of the Internal type, this amount is equal to the ext. price of the corresponding line of the sales order or to the ext. cost of the corresponding line of the purchase order from which the commitment originates.

Committed CO quantity The total quantity of the cost commitment lines of released change orders that are associated with the commitment. This quantity is calculated as the difference between the revised committed quantity and the original committed quantity.
Committed CO amount The total amount of the cost commitment lines of released change orders that are associated with the commitment. This amount is calculated as the difference between the revised committed amount and the original committed amount.
Revised committed quantity

The received quantity of the commitment. The revised quantity of the commitment. For a the commitment of the Internal type, the revised quantity is equal to the quantity of the corresponding line of the sales or purchase order from which the commitment originates.

For a newly created commitment or for a commitment that no change order affects, this quantity is equal to the original committed quantity.

Revised committed amount

The invoiced quantity of the commitment.

The original amount of the commitment. For a commitment of the Internal type, the revised amount is equal to the ext. price of the corresponding line of the sales order or to the ext. cost of the corresponding line of the purchase order from which the commitment originates

For a newly created commitment or for a commitment that no change order affects, this amount is equal to the original committed amount.

Committed open quantity The open quantity of the commitment that has not been received yet. For a commitment of the Internal type, the system calculates this quantity as the difference between the revised committed quantity and the committed received quantity of the commitment.
Committed open amount The open amount of the commitment that has not been received yet. For a commitment of the Internal type, the system calculates this quantity as the difference between the revised committed amount and the received amount of the commitment.
Committed received quantity

The received quantity of the commitment. For a commitment of the Internal type, this is the received quantity of the purchase order line or the shipped quantity of the sales order line from which the commitment originates. If the commitment originates from a purchase order line, the system updates the received quantity of the commitment depending on the type of the purchase order line as follows:

  • If the purchase order line is processed through a purchase receipt, the commitment is updated with the received quantity when the purchase receipt is released.
  • If the purchase order line is invoiced directly without a purchase receipt being processed, the commitment is updated with the invoiced quantity when the purchase invoice is released.

If the commitment originates from a sales order line, the system updates the received quantity of the commitment depending on whether a shipment is processed for the sales order as follows:

  • If the sales order line is processed through a shipment, the commitment is updated with the shipped quantity when the shipment is confirmed.
  • If the sales order line is invoiced directly without shipment processing, the commitment line is updated with the invoiced quantity when the sales invoice is released.
Committed invoiced quantity The invoiced quantity of the commitment.
Committed invoiced amount The invoiced amount of the commitment. For a commitment of the Internal type that originates from a purchase order line, the system updates the Committed invoiced amount with the amount of the corresponding line of the released purchase invoice. For a commitment of the Internal type that originates from a sales order line, the system updates the Committed invoiced amount with the amount of the corresponding line of the released sales invoice.

Related pages

Concepts

Common tasks (PM208030) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/common-tasks-pm208030 page You use this window to view and edit all the settings of a common task, as well as to add or delete a common task. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Common tasks (PM208030) You use this window to view and edit all the settings of a common task, as well as to add or delete a common task. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You use this window to view and edit all the settings of a common task, as well as to add or delete a common task. While a common task is similar to a template task, a common task can be added to any new or existing project, rather than just any project associated with one project template. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The top part By using this area, you can add a new common task or view the details of an existing one.
Element Description
Task ID The unique identifier of the common task. The structure of this identifier is defined by the PROTASK segmented key, which was configured in the Segment keys (CS202000) window.
Description The description of the common task.
## The Summary tab This tab includes general information about the common task. ### The Task properties section
Element Description
Completion method

The method of calculating the percentage of completion for the common task when it is added to a project. The following options are available:

Manual
Users manually specify the task completion percentage for each task in the Completed (%) field.
Budgeted quantity
The system automatically calculates the task completion percentage based on the total actual and budgeted quantities of the budget lines for which the Completed (%) column is selected on the Budget tab of this window. We recommend that you select the check box in the Completed (%) column for only one expense budget line of the task if you use this method of calculation or you need to select the most important cost for evaluating the task completion percentage.
Budgeted amount
The system automatically calculates the task completion percentage based on the total actual and budgeted amounts of the budget lines for which the Completed (%) column is selected on the Budget tab of this window. If the original budgets were revised at some point in the task progress for any of the budget lines, the completion percentage is calculated with respect to the revised budget amounts.

For more information, see: About the calculation of task completion percentage

Approver The default approver to be assigned to the common task to approve time activities.
### The Invoicing and allocation settings section
Element Description
Invoice separately A check box that (if selected) indicates that this common task should be invoiced by a separate invoice.
Allocation rule The rule that Visma Net uses to run allocation for this common task.
Invoicing rule The rule that Visma Net uses to run invoicing for this common task.
Branch The branch of your company with which this common task is associated.
Rate table The rate table to be used for the tasks created based on this common task.
Invoicing option

The way the common task becomes eligible for invoicing. You can select one of the following options:

By invoicing period
The task is available for invoicing on demand for the projects with the On demand invoicing period and is available for invoicing at the end of the invoicing period specified for the projects with another invoicing period.
On task completion
You can invoice the task only when it has been completed.
On project completion
The task is available for invoicing on project completion.
WIP account group The work-in-progress account group associated with this common task.
### The Default values section
Element Description
Default account The account to be used as one of the sources of possible accounts for the invoices and transactions that are generated for the common task.
Default subaccount The subaccount to be used as one of the sources of possible segment values for subaccounts to be used in the invoices and transactions that are generated for the common task.
Accrual account The account to be used as an expense accrual account in the transactions that are generated for the common task.
Accrual subaccount The subaccount to be used as an expense accrual subaccount in the transactions that are generated for the common task
VAT category The VAT category (if applicable) to be used as the default VAT category for the common task.
### The Visibility settings section
Element Description
General ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the General ledger workspace can be associated with tasks created by using this common task.

With this check box selected, users can select the task in general ledger documents, and the release of such documents automatically updates the project data.

Supplier ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Supplier ledger workspace can be associated with tasks created by using this common task.

With this check box selected, users can select the task in supplier ledger documents, and the release of such documents automatically updates the project data.

Customer ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Customer ledger workspace can be associated with tasks created by using this common task.

With this check box selected, users can select the task in customer ledger documents, and the release of such documents automatically updates the project data.

Sales

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Sales workspace can be associated with tasks created by using this common task.

With this check box selected, users can select the task in sales documents, and the release of such documents automatically updates the project data.

Purchases

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Purchases workspace can be associated with tasks created by using this common task.

With this check box selected, users can select the task in purchase documents, and the release of such documents automatically updates the project data.

Inventory

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Inventory workspace can be associated with tasks created by using this common task.

With this check box selected, users can select the task in inventory documents, and the release of such documents automatically updates the project data.

Cash management

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Cash management workspace can be associated with tasks created by using this common task.

With this check box selected, users can select the task in cash management documents, and the release of such documents automatically updates the project data.

Time entries

A check box that indicates whether the transactions of the Employee time card (EP305000) and Employee time activities (EP307000) windows (in the Time and expenses workspace) can be associated with the tasks created based on this common task.

If you select this check box, users can select the task in documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the task data.

Expenses

A check box that indicates whether transactions of the Equipment time card (EP308000) window (in the Time and expenses workspace) can be associated with the tasks created based on this common task.

If you select this check box, users can select the task in documents in the window, and the release of these documents automatically updates the task data.

## The Budget tab On the **Budget** tab of the window, you can specify budgeted amounts for account groups.
Column Description
Type A read-only field that displays the type of the selected account group: Asset, Liability, Income, or Expense.
Account group The group of accounts for which the budgeted amount are specified.
Item ID

The stock or non-stock item. You can select an item from the list of items associated with accounts of the specified account group and specify the budget for this item.

By default, the system populates this field with the empty item code (N/A), which is defined in the Empty item code field in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window. For the empty item code, you can specify the budget for all transactions associated with this account group that are not linked to any particular stock item.

Description The description of the budget line.
Budgeted quantity The quantity of the item or service planned for the common task.
UoM The unit of measure for the budget line, such as HOUR or BOX.
Unit rate The price of the item or the rate of the service.
Budgeted amount The total budgeted amount for the budget line. Visma Net automatically calculates the value as the product of the values in the Budget qty. and Rate columns, but you can override the value in this column by specifying the amount manually as long as the task has the In planning status.
Auto completed (%)

A check box that you select to make the system automatically calculate the percentage of task completion for a project based on the selected Completion method.

You can select this check box for any number of lines of the Expense type.

## The Recurring invoicing tab By using the **Recurring invoicing** tab, you can implement a regular flat-rate invoicing model for the common task, for example, to provide a certain number of hours of service to a customer for a flat monthly rate.
Column Description
Non-stock item The non-stock item that designates the service or labour associated with the common task.
Description The description of the service or labour associated with the common task.
Item fee The flat price for the service or labour.
Account source

The source of the account for the invoicing transactions, which can be one of the following:

Recurring item
The sales account associated with the non-stock item specified for the row
Project
The sales account associated with the project
Task
The sales account specified for the row in the Account column
Customer
The sales account associated with the customer
Subaccount mask

The rule for selecting segment values for the subaccount to be used for recurring invoicing transactions.

To set up the rule for selecting segment values, select a segment, press F3, and select a source of the segment value, which is one of the following options:

B
The subaccount associated with the non-stock item specified for the row
P
The subaccount associated with the project
T
The subaccount specified for the row in the Subaccount column
Account The account to be used in the invoicing transaction if the account source is set to Task.
Subaccount The subaccount to be used in the invoicing transaction if the subaccount mask uses T.
Reset usage

The setting that indicates whether the system resets the quantity of the service or labour, which is specified as the Included value, when invoicing is performed. You can select one of the following options:

Never
Visma Net carries over any used amount to the next period.
On invoicing
The system resets the quantity of the service or labour when invoicing is performed. Any unused hours of service in the current period are not carried over to the next period.
Included The quantity of the service or labour that is included in the invoicing period. If the quantity of service or labour provided to the customer exceeds this value for the current invoicing period, the entire extra quantity is charged at the regular rate.
UoM The unit of measure used for the service or labour.
## The Attributes tab On the **Attributes** tab, you can specify attributes for this common task. The attributes on this tab are those with the **Task** type in the [Project attributes (PM202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-attributes-pm202000/) window.
Element Description
Attribute The attribute name.
Required A check box that indicates (if selected) that this is a mandatory attribute.
Value The value of the attribute for this common task.

Related pages

Tasks

External commitments (PM209000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/external-commitments-pm209000 page In this window, you can create a new external commitment or edit or delete an existing external commitment. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # External commitments (PM209000) In this window, you can create a new external commitment or edit or delete an existing external commitment. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You can open this window only through the [Commitments (PM306000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/commitments-pm306000/) window, by clicking **Create external commitment** in the window toolbar, or by clicking the reference number in the **External ref. no.** column for an external commitment. ## The top part
Column Description
External ref. no ID The identifier of the external commitment.
Account group The account group of the account to be updated with this commitment.
Project The project associated with this commitment.
Project task The project task associated with this commitment. If you select a project that has the default project task, this task is automatically populated in the column.
Item ID The stock or non-stock item that is used in the commitment. By default, the system populates this field with the empty item code, which is initially N/A and you can change it in the Empty item code field in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.
UoM The unit of measure of the commitment. If a stock item is selected in the Item ID field, the system automatically fills this field with the base unit of measure of this item; you can change it to another UoM available for the item.
Revised committed amount The original amount of the commitment. In the Projects (PM301000) window, this amount is included in the revised committed amount of the budget line associated with the same project, project task, account group, and item.
Revised committed quantity The revised quantity of the commitment. In the Projects (PM301000) window, this quantity is included in the revised committed quantity of the budget line associated with the same project, project task, account group, and item if the budget line has a UoM that the system can convert to the UoM of the commitment by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.
Committed open amount The open amount of the commitment that has not been received yet, which is included in the committed open amount of the budget line associated with the same project, project task, item, and account group.
Committed open quantity The open quantity of the commitment that has not been processed yet. In the Projects (PM301000) window, this quantity is included in the committed open quantity of the budget line associated with the same project, project task, item, and account group if the budget line has a UoM that the system can convert to the UoM of the commitment by the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.
Committed received quantity The processed quantity of the commitment (for example, the quantity that has been processed or shipped). In the Projects (PM301000) window, this quantity is included in the committed received quantity of the budget line associated with the same project, project task, item, and account group if the budget line has an UoM that the system can convert to the UoM of the commitment by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.
Committed invoiced amount The invoiced amount of the commitment, which is included in the committed invoiced amount of the budget line associated with the same project, project task, item, and account group.
Committed invoiced quantity The invoiced quantity of the commitment. In the Projects (PM301000) window, this quantity is included in the committed invoiced quantity of the budget line associated with the same project, project task, item, and account group if the budget line has a UoM that the system can convert to the UoM of the commitment by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.
Invoicing rules (PM207000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/invoicing-rules-pm207000 page You can use this window to define the rules for invoicing customers by project. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Invoicing rules (PM207000) You can use this window to define the rules for invoicing customers by project. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The top part By using the elements in this area, you can specify the settings for a new rule or select an existing rule to view or modify its details.
Element Description
Invoicing rule ID The unique identifier of the rule.
Description The description of the invoicing rule.
Active A check box that you can select to make the rule available for use in projects and tasks in Visma Net.
## The Left pane In the table in the left pane, you can define the sequence of steps for the selected invoicing rule. You then define the actual calculation rules and invoice settings for each step by using the right pane.
Element Description
Active A check box that indicates (if selected) that the step is performed as part of the invoicing process of the project with this invoicing rule applied.
Step ID The identifier, which can be only a numeric value, of the step in the invoicing rule. The steps are performed in ascending order by identifier.
Description The description of the step.
Invoice group

The identifier that is used to group the pro forma invoices generated by the steps of the invoicing rule.

You can enter any symbols in this column. The lines generated by the steps of the invoicing rules of the project tasks with the same Invoice group (except for those for which the Invoice separately check box is selected on the Summary tab of the Project tasks (PM302000) window) are grouped into a single invoice.

A task with the selected Invoice separately check box in the Summary tab of the Project tasks (PM302000) window is invoiced by a separate invoice.

## The right pane In the right pane, for the step selected in the left pane, you can specify the rules and calculation settings that the system will use for the process of invoicing projects.
Element Description
Invoicing type

The data source for the project invoicing of the step. The following options are available:

Time and material
The project is invoiced by the time and material spent during its implementation. As the data source for invoicing, the system uses the transactions of the Projects workspace associated with the project tasks within the invoicing period of the project. The transactions are selected by the Account group of the invoicing step they are associated with.
Progress invoicing
The project is invoiced gradually by the percentage of work completion. As the data source for invoicing, the system uses invoiceable project revenue or the revenue budget lines with a non-zero Pending invoice amount listed on the Revenue budget tab of the Projects (PM301000) window.

You can mix both types of steps in a single invoicing rule if needed, but we recommend that you create no more than one Progress invoicing step per invoicing rule.

### The Transaction selection criteria section The settings of the section define the selection criteria for the transactions of the Projects workspace used for invoicing. This section is shown only if the selected step has the **Time and material** invoicing type.
Element Description
Account group The account group whose transactions are involved in this invoicing step.
Rate type The rate type to be used for this step of the invoicing rule.
If @Rate is not defined

The default action to be performed on execution of the step if the value for @Rate has not been defined in the Rate table maintenance (PM206000) window. Select one of the following:

Set @Rate to 1
To set @Rate to 1
Set @Rate to 0
To set @Rate to 0
Raise error
To show the error message and stop the invoicing process
Do not invoice
To skip the use of the transaction for invoicing
### The Invoice settings section The settings of the section are used to create a pro forma invoice and fill it in with the invoicing data.
Element Description
Invoice description formula

The formula to be used to generate the description for the pro forma invoice that is created during invoicing.

To enter the formula, click the magnifier icon to open the Formula editor window.

If multiple steps of the invoicing rule are used in the creation of a single pro forma invoice, the formula of the topmost step is used for the invoice description.

Line quantity formula

The formula for calculating the quantity of a line of the pro forma invoice.

To enter the formula, click the magnifier icon to open the window. In addition to the quantities specified in the underlying transactions, you can use any other transaction parameters to calculate the quantity. If you define no formula in this field, the invoiceable quantity of the transaction will be used.

This field is shown only if the step has the Time and material invoicing type.

Line amount formula

The formula for calculating the amount of a line of the pro forma invoice. To enter the formula, click the magnifier icon to open the window. In addition to the amount specified in the underlying transactions, you can use any other transaction parameters to calculate the amount.

This field is shown only if the step has the Time and material invoicing type.

Instead of the @Rate parameter, you can also use the @Price parameter to retrieve the effective sales price to calculate the invoicing amount.

Line description formula The formula to be used to generate the description for a line of the pro forma invoice that is created during the invoicing. To enter the formula, click the magnifier icon to open the window.
Use destination branch from

The branch to be used for invoicing as the destination branch. The following options are available:

  • Source transaction: The branch of the source transaction.

This option is available only if the step has the Time and material invoicing type.

  • Current branch: The current branch selected in the window title bar.

This option is available only if the step has the Progress invoicing invoicing type.

  • Invoicing rule: The branch associated with the invoicing rule, specified in the Destination branch field.
  • Project: The branch of the project, which is defined on the Summary tab of the Projects (PM301000) window.
  • Task: The branch of the project task, which is defined on the Summary tab of the Project tasks (PM302000) window.
  • Customer: The branch of the customer location, which is defined on the General settings tab of the Customer locations (CR303010) window.
  • Employee: The branch of the employee, which is defined on the General settings tab of the Employees (EP203000) window.
Use sales account from

The account to be used for invoicing as a sales account. The following options are available:

  • Source transaction: The sales account of the source transaction.

This option is available only if the step has the Time and material invoicing type.

  • Account group: The default account of the account group of the revenue budget line, which is defined in the Account groups (PM201000) window.

This option is available only if the step has the Progress invoicing invoicing type.

  • Invoicing rule: The account associated with the invoicing rule, specified in the Sales account field.

This option is available only if the step has the Time and material invoicing type.

If the empty item code is selected as the stock item, the system uses the sales account of the customer location, which is defined on the General ledger accounts tab of the Customer locations (CR303010). The customer location of the project is defined on the Summary tab of the Projects (PM301000) window.

  • Customer: The sales account of the customer, which is defined on the General ledger accounts tab of the Customers (AR303000) window.

This option is available only if the step has the Time and material invoicing type.

  • Employee: The sales account of the employee, which is defined on the Financial settings tab of the Employees (EP203000) window.

This option is available only if the step has the Time and material invoicing type.

Sales subaccount mask

The subaccount mask to be used for generating sales subaccounts for invoicing.

To set up the rule for selecting segment values, select a segment, press F3, and select the source of the segment value, which is one of the following options:

  • B: The subaccount associated with the invoicing rule, specified in the Sales subaccount column.
  • C: The sales subaccount of the customer, which is defined on the General ledger accounts tab of the Customers (AR303000) window.
  • E: The sales subaccount of the employee, which is defined on the Financial settings tab of the Employees (EP203000) window.

This option is available only if the step has the Time and material invoicing type.

If the empty item code is selected as the stock item, the system uses the sales subaccount of the customer location, which is defined on the General ledger accounts tab of the Customer locations (CR303010) window. The customer location of the project is defined on the Summary tab of the Projects (PM301000) window.

  • P: The default subaccount of the project, which is defined on the General ledger accounts tab of the Projects (PM301000) window.
  • R: The sales subaccount of the branch, which is defined on the General ledger accounts tab of the Branches (CS102000) window.
  • T: The default subaccount of the project task, which is defined on the Summary tab of the Project tasks (PM302000) window.

For a segment, the characters designating each option are repeated as many times as there are characters in the segment.

This field is available only if the Subaccounts functionalities is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Destination branch The destination branch to be used for invoicing if Invoicing rule is selected in the Use destination branch from field.
Sales account

The account to be used for invoicing if the Invoicing rule option is selected in the Use sales account from field.

This option is available only if the step has the Time and material invoicing type.

Sales subaccount

The subaccount to be used for invoicing or as a source of segment values for the mask specified in the Sales subaccount field.

This field is available only if the Subaccounts functionalities is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

### The Invoicing options section
Element Description
Copy notes and file A check box that indicates (if selected) that the system will copy to the pro forma invoice the notes and files of the corresponding lines.
Include non-invoiceable transactions

A check box that indicates (if selected) that the system will include non-invoiceable transactions in the pro forma invoice. If this check box is not selected, the system will not include non-invoiceable transactions in the pro forma invoice.

This option is available only if the step has the Time and material invoicing type.

Include transactions with zero amounts

A check box that indicates (if selected) that the system will include a line in the pro forma invoice even if the line has an amount of zero.

If this check box is not selected, the system will not add lines with zero amounts to the pro forma invoice.

Include transactions with zero quantities

A check box that indicates (if selected) that the system will include a transaction in the pro forma invoice even if the transaction has a quantity of zero. If this check box is not selected, the system will not process transactions that have quantities of zero.

This check box is shown only if the step has the Time and material invoicing type.

### The Aggregate transactions by section The settings of the **Aggregate transactions by** section define how to aggregate the transactions used for invoicing in the pro forma invoice. This section is shown only if the selected step has the **Time and material** invoicing type.
Element Description
Date A check box that you select to aggregate the transactions with the same date in a single line of the pro forma invoice that is created during the invoicing.
Employee A check box that you select to aggregate the transactions with the same employee in a single line of the pro forma invoice that is created during the invoicing.
Supplier A check box that you select to aggregate the transactions with the same supplier in a single line of the pro forma invoice that is created during the invoicing.
Item ID A check box that you select to aggregate the transactions with the same item in a single line of the pro forma invoice that is created during the invoicing.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Not yet invoiced project transactions (PM40107S) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/not-yet-invoiced-project-transactions-pm40107s page This window shows all transactions that have been allocated, but not invoiced, and are linked to the account group(s) that are set up in the invoicing rule(s). 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Not yet invoiced project transactions (PM40107S) This window shows all transactions that have been allocated, but not invoiced, and are linked to the account group(s) that are set up in the invoicing rule(s). This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## The top part You use the elements in this area to select the projects you want to view in the table.
Element Description
View project (button) Opens the Projects (PM301000) window, where you can view the details of a project you select.
Project manager The project manager of the projects whose transactions you want view in the table.
From project The ID of the project you want to start your selection from.
To project The ID of the project to you want to end your selection to.
From period The period you want to start your selection from.
To period The period you want to end your selection at.
Customer The customer of the transaction.
Invoicing rule The invoicing rule that applies to the transaction.
Status

The status of the projects that you want to view in the table:

In planning
This status is automatically assigned to any new project with the Hold check box selected and reflects that the project is a draft and not available for selection in data entry windows.
Active
The project can be associated with documents and activities in data entry windows in the modules integrated with the Projects module.
Completed
All tasks for the project have been completed.
Cancelled
Project is stopped before its completion. A cancelled project can be activated again.
Suspended
All activities on the project are suspended. A suspended project can be re-activated or cancelled.
Total amount The total amount of the transaction.
## The table
Element Description
From period The period you want to start your selection from.
To period The period you want to end your selection at.
Project ID The ID of the project that the transaction belongs to.
Project name The name of the project that the transaction belongs to.
Status The status of the transaction.
Amount The amount of the transaction.
Project manager The manager of the project that the transaction belongs to.
Customer The name of the customer.
Invoicing rule The invoicing rule that applies to the transaction.
Invoicing rule description The description of the invoicing rule.
Account group ID The ID of the account group.
Account group description The description of the account group.
Pro forma invoice (PM642000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/pro-forma-invoice-pm642000 section By using this report, you can view and print the selected pro forma invoice. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Pro forma invoice (PM642000) By using this report, you can view and print the selected pro forma invoice. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report parameters** tab. ## Report parameters Use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Reference no. The reference number of the document.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Pro forma invoices (PM307000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/pro-forma-invoices-pm307000 page You can use this window to view and modify pro forma invoices. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Pro forma invoices (PM307000) You can use this window to view and modify pro forma invoices. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You can use this window to view and modify pro forma invoices. Pro forma invoices are created during the project invoicing process in the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The window toolbar
Element Description
Release

Releases the document.

  • The pro forma invoices of a project can be released only one by one, starting from the earliest one, on the Invoices tab of the Projects (PM301000) window. The only exception is when multiple pro forma invoices grouped by invoice group have been generated during a single iteration of the invoicing process; in this case, these pro forma invoices can be released in any order.
  • A pro forma invoice of a particular project can be released only after the sales invoice of the preceding pro forma invoice of the project has been released.
Actions

Provides the following menu commands, which you can click to invoke actions:

  • Approve: Changes the status of the pro forma invoice from Pending approval to Active.

This action is available if the Approval workflow functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window and approval is configured for pro forma invoices.

  • Reject: Changes the status of the pro forma invoice from Pending approval to Rejected.

This action is available if the Approval workflow functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window and approval is configured for pro forma invoices.

  • Email pro forma invoice: Sends the selected document as an email.
Reports Provides the Print pro forma invoice menu command, which you click to navigate to the report that is specified for the PROFORMA mailing of the corresponding project on the Mailing Settings tab of the Projects (PM301000) window. If the corresponding project has no mailing setting with the PROFORMA identifier, an error occurs.
## The top part You can use the elements in this area to select an existing pro forma invoice and view its details.
Element Description
Reference no. The reference number of the pro forma invoice in the system.
Status

The status of the document, which can be one of the following:

  • On hold: The user can edit the document but cannot release it.
  • Pending approval: The pro forma invoice has been taken off hold (that is, the status was assigned when the Hold check box was cleared for the pro forma invoice). If Approval is activated, a pro forma invoice with this status is visible to the employee who has been assigned to approve the pro forma invoice. Once the pro forma invoice is approved, it is assigned the Open status; if the pro forma invoice is rejected, its status changes to Rejected.

This status is available only if the Approval Workflow functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window and pro forma invoice approval is configured.

  • Rejected: The system assigns this status to the pro forma invoice if the employee who was assigned to approve the pro forma invoice has rejected it.

This status is available only if the Approval workflow functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window and pro forma invoice approval is configured.

  • Open: The system assigns this status to the pro forma invoice if the employee who was assigned to approve the pro forma invoice has approved it. If no approval is configured for pro forma invoices, the system assigns this status to the pro forma invoice when the Hold check box is cleared. The user can release the pro forma invoice or save it with the On Hold status for further editing.
  • Closed: The document has been released and cannot be edited.
Hold A check box that indicates (if selected) that the pro forma invoice is a draft and thus has the On hold status.
Invoice date The date on which the pro forma invoice was created. You can change this date, if needed.
Post period The period that corresponds to the invoice date and to which the corresponding customer ledger document should be posted.
Description The description of the pro forma invoice, which is provided by the invoicing rule and can be manually modified.
Project The project associated with the pro forma invoice.
Customer The customer associated with the project.
Location

The location of the project related to the pro forma invoice.

This element is available only if the Business account locations functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Currency

The currency of the pro forma invoice.

This element is available only if the Multi-currency accounting functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Progress invoicing total The total of the Amount to invoice column on the Progressing invoicing tab.
Time and material total The total of the Amount to invoice column on the Time and material tab.
Detail total The document total, which the system calculates as the sum of the Progress invoicing total and the Time and material total.
VAT total The tax amount of the document, as defined on the VAT details tab.
Invoice total The sum of the Detail total and VAT total values.
Over-limit total

The total Over-limit amount from the Time and material tab that exceeds the invoicing limit. The total is shown only if the Use time and material revenue budget limits check box is selected for the project on the Summary tab of the Projects (PM301000) window.

The validation level of the invoicing limit may vary, from a simple warning that is shown in this field and does not block the processing of the pro forma invoice to an error that prevents the pro forma invoice from being processed further until the invoice amount is within the limit. The desired behaviour is specified in the Validate time and material revenue budget limits field in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

## The Progress invoicing tab This tab lists all the lines of the pro forma invoice generated by the **Progress invoicing** steps of the invoicing rules of the project tasks. You can review, modify, and delete these lines if needed. For more information, see: [About project invoicing](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/about-project-invoicing/)
Element Description
Branch

The branch that sells the item or provides the service.

The branch is provided from the source defined by the Use destination branch from setting of the particular step of the invoicing rule in the Invoicing rules (PM207000) window.

Project task The particular task of the project with which this document line is associated.
Cost code

The cost code associated with the revenue budget line.

The column is available if the Cost code functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Item ID The stock item which this document line is associated.
Description The description of the line, which is provided by the invoicing rule and can be manually modified.
Revised amount The Revised amount of the corresponding revenue budget line of the project on the Revenue budget tab of the Projects (PM301000) window.
Previously invoiced The running total of the Amount to invoice column on this tab for all the preceding pro forma invoice lines that refer to the same revenue budget line.
Total completed (%)

The percentage of the revised amount of the revenue budget line of the project that has been invoiced by all the pro forma invoices of the project, including the current one.

You can modify this percentage; in this case, the system automatically recalculates the values in the Amount to invoice and Current invoiced (%) columns of the line.

Amount

The original line amount calculated by the progress invoicing rule.

This column appears only if the Construction functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Stored material

The amount of material stored.

This column appears only if the Construction functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Amount to invoice

The amount to invoice the customer.

By default, this is the Pending invoice amount of the corresponding line of the project on the Revenue budget tab of the Projects (PM301000) window.

You can modify the amount in this column; in this case, the system automatically recalculates the values in the Total completed (%) and Current invoiced (%) columns of the line.

On creation of the sales invoice from the pro forma invoice, the system copies this amount to the Ext. price column of the corresponding line of the sales invoice.

Current invoiced (%)

The percentage of the revised amount of the revenue budget line of the project that is invoiced by this pro forma invoice line.

You can modify this percentage; in this case, the system automatically recalculates the values in the Amount to invoice and Total completed (%) columns of the line.

VAT category

By default, the VAT category of the corresponding revenue budget line of the project on the Revenue budget tab of the Projects (PM301000) window. If no VAT category has been specified for the revenue budget line, the VAT category remains unspecified for the pro forma invoice line.

You can override the default value.

Sales account The sales account used for the transaction. The sales account is provided from the source defined by the Use sales account from setting of the particular step of the invoicing rule in the Invoicing rules (PM207000) window.
Sales subaccount

The corresponding subaccount used to record this sale transaction. The sales subaccount is provided according to the Sales subaccount mask setting of the particular step of the invoicing rule in the Invoicing rules (PM207000) window.

This column appears only f the Subaccounts functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Deferral code

The deferral code assigned to the stock item or non-stock item specified in this document line.

Upon release of this document, the system generates a deferral schedule (or multiple schedules) based on the settings defined in this deferral code. You can change the deferral code in this field manually if needed.

This column appears only if the Deferred revenue management functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

If you change an MDA deferral code (which indicates that an item is a package) to any non-MDA deferral code, the system will consider the item to not be a package and will ignore its components while generating a deferral schedule. That is, the system will generate the deferral schedule for the item based on the settings of the specified non-MDA deferral code.

Actual amount The Actual amount of the corresponding revenue budget line on the Revenue budget tab of the Projects (PM301000) window that shows the total of the corresponding lines of the released sales invoices.
Draft invoices amount The Draft invoices amount of the corresponding revenue budget line on the Revenue budget tab of the Projects (PM301000) window that shows the total of the corresponding lines of the pro forma invoices for which the corresponding sales invoices have not been released yet.
Sort order

The sequence number of the line, which is used to sort the lines on the tab.

These numbers are assigned automatically and are changed automatically if you reorder the lines by dragging them to appropriate positions.

Line number The original sequence number of the line among all the pro forma invoice lines.
## The Time and material tab This tab lists all the lines of the pro forma invoice generated by the **Time and material** steps of the invoicing rules of the project tasks. You can review, modify, and delete these lines or add new ones if needed.
Element Description
Upload non-invoiced transactions Opens the Upload non-invoiced transactions dialog box, which shows the list of non-invoiced transactions of the corresponding project that can be added to the pro forma invoice.
View transaction details Opens the Transaction details dialog box, which shows the list of project transactions corresponding to the invoice line that were grouped during the invoicing according to the invoicing rule settings.
Status

The status that defines how to invoice the line, which can be one of the following:

Invoice
To invoice the line in the full amount or a greater amount than was initially invoiced or in the Amount to invoice of the line that is greater than or equal to the Invoiced amount of the line.
Hold remainder
To partially invoice the line in the Amount to invoice of the line that is less than the Invoiced amount of the line, and later invoice the remainder, which is the difference between the Invoiced amount and the Amount to invoice.
Write off remainder
To partially invoice the line in the Amount to invoice of the line that is less than the Invoiced amount of the line, and write off the remainder, which is the difference between the Invoiced amount and the Amount to invoice.
Write off
To write off the line in the full amount or a greater amount than was initially invoiced or in the Amount to invoice of the line that is greater than or equal to the Invoiced amount of the line.

You can also delete a selected line of the pro forma invoice to invoice it later in the full amount.

Branch

The branch that sells the item or provides the service.

The branch is provided from the source defined by the Use destination branch from setting of the particular step of the invoicing rule in the Invoicing rules (PM207000) window.

Project task The particular task of the project with which this document line is associated.
Item ID The stock item associated with the corresponding project transaction or the group of transactions aggregated based on the settings of the invoicing rule.
Cost code

The cost code associated with the corresponding project transaction.

The column is available if the Cost code functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Description The description of the line, which is provided by the invoicing rule and can be manually modified.
Employee The employee who provided the labour or service associated with the corresponding project transaction or the group of transactions aggregated based on the settings of the invoicing rule.
Supplier The supplier associated with the corresponding project transaction or the group of transactions aggregated based on the settings of the invoicing rule.
Date The date of creation of the corresponding project transaction.
Invoiced quantity The quantity to invoice the customer provided by the invoicing rule.
Invoiced amount The amount to invoice the customer provided by the invoicing rule.
Quantity to invoice

The quantity to be invoiced. When the sales invoice is created based on the pro forma invoice, the system copies this quantity to the corresponding line of the sales invoice.

By default, this quantity is equal to the invoiced quantity and can be manually modified.

UoM The unit of measure of the corresponding project transaction.
Unit price

The price of the item or the rate of the service of the corresponding project transaction.

You can modify the unit price.

Amount to invoice

The amount to invoice the customer.

On creation of the sales invoice from the pro forma invoice, the system copies this amount to the Ext. price column of the corresponding line of the sales invoice.

By default, this amount is equal to the Invoiced amount and can be manually modified. The difference between the calculated Invoiced amount and the corrected Amount to invoice is processed based on the Status of the line.

If you manually modify the Unit price or Quantity to invoice, the system automatically recalculates this amount as follows.

VAT category

By default, this is the VAT category of the item specified in the pro forma invoice line, or the VAT category of the project task if there is no item in the line or the VAT category of the item is not specified.

If neither the item nor the task has a VAT category specified, the VAT category is unspecified for the pro forma invoice line.

You can override the default value.

Sales account

The sales account of the corresponding project transaction.

The sales account is provided from the source defined by the Use sales account from setting of the particular step of the invoicing rule.

Sales subaccount

The sales subaccount of the corresponding project transaction.

The sales account is provided according to the Sales subaccount mask setting of the particular step of the invoicing rule.

This column appears only if the Subaccounts functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Deferral code

The deferral code assigned to the stock item or non-stock item specified in this document line. When the document is released, the system generates a deferral schedule (or schedules) based on the settings defined in this deferral code. You can change the deferral code in this field manually if needed.

This column appears only if the Deferred revenue management functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

If you change an MDA deferral code (the deferral code that indicates that an item is a package) to any non-MDA deferral code, the system will consider the item to not be a package and will ignore its components while generating a deferral schedule. That is, the system will generate the deferral schedule for the item based on the settings of the specified non-MDA deferral code.

Max. available amount

The maximum amount available to invoice the customer based on the invoicing limit amount of the corresponding revenue budget line of the project.

If no invoicing limit amount is defined for the revenue budget line of the project or if the Max. limit amount is 0, the max. available amount of each corresponding pro forma invoice line is 0.

This column is shown if the Use time and material revenue budget limits check box is selected for the project on the Summary tab of the Projects (PM301000) window.

Max. limit amount

The invoicing limit amount ( Maximum amount ) of the corresponding revenue budget line of the project on the Revenue budget tab of the Projects (PM301000) window. If no invoicing limit amount is defined for the revenue budget line of the project, the Max. limit amount of each corresponding pro forma invoice line is 0.

The column is shown if the Use time and material revenue budget Limits check box is selected for the project on the Summary tab of the Projects (PM301000) window.

Over-limit amount

The amount that exceeds the invoicing limit. The amount is calculated as the difference between the Amount to invoice and Max available amount. If this difference is negative or if the Max available amount is greater than the Amount to invoice, the Over-limit amount is 0. The invoice lines for which the Over-limit amount becomes non-zero exceed the limit.

This column is shown if the Use time and material revenue budget limits check box is selected for the project on the Summary tab of the Projects (PM301000) window.

Sort order The sequence number of the line, which is used to sort the lines on the tab. These numbers are assigned automatically and are changed automatically if you reorder the lines by dragging them to the appropriate positions.
Line number The original sequence number of the line among all the pro forma invoice lines.
### The Upload non-invoiced transactions dialog box This dialog box shows the list of non-invoiced transactions of the corresponding project that can be uploaded to the pro forma invoice. In this dialog box, you can select specific transactions or all transactions and upload them to the pro forma invoice.
Element Description
Branch The branch in which the transaction was created.
Ref. number The identifier of the transaction.
Stock ID The identifier of the stock or non-stock item associated with the transaction.
Description The detailed description provided for the transaction.
Employee The employee associated with the transaction, such as the employee who provided the labour or service to the customer.
Customer/supplier The name of the supplier (if the transaction originated in the Supplier ledger workspace) or customer (if the transaction originated in another workspace).
Date The date the transaction was created.
Invoiceable When this check box is selected, the transaction is used when the system calculates the amount that will be charged to the customer. If this check box is not selected, the transaction does not affect the invoicing for the project.
Quantity The quantity of the item or service.
UoM The unit of measure used for the item or service.
Invoiced quantity The quantity that will be invoiced to the customer.
Unit rate The price of the item or the rate of the service.
Amount The amount of the transaction.
Account group The account group of the debit side account of the transaction.
Credit account The account the transaction will credit if it is released.
Credit subaccount The subaccount the transaction will credit if it is released.
Debit account The account the transaction will debit if it is released.
Debit subaccount The subaccount the transaction will debit if it is released.
Upload (button) Uploads the selected transactions to the pro forma invoice. The dialog box remains open.
Upload and close (button)

Uploads the selected transactions to the pro forma invoice and closes the dialog box.

When a pro forma invoice is created, the system orders the lines of the pro forma invoice on the Time and material tab by the invoicing rule steps applied and by the project transaction reference number within each invoicing step. When you upload non-invoiced transactions, they are appended to the end of list of pro forma lines (so that after upload, you can identify them easily).

Cancel (button) Cancels your selections and closes the dialog box.
### The Transaction details dialog box This dialog box shows the list of project transactions corresponding to the invoice line that were grouped during the invoicing according to the invoicing rule settings. In this dialog box, you can manually delete transactions you do not want to invoice at the moment, which affects the amount and quantity of the pro forma invoice line.
Element Description
Ref. number The identifier of the transaction in Visma Net.
Stock ID The identifier of the stock or non-stock item associated with the transaction.
Description The detailed description provided for the transaction.
Employee The employee associated with the transaction, such as the employee who provided the labour or service to the customer.
Customer/supplier The name of the supplier (if the transaction originated in the Supplier ledger workspace) or customer (if the transaction originated in another workspace).
Date The date the transaction was created.
Invoiceable When check box is selected, the transaction is used to calculate the amount that will be charged to the customer. If this check box is not selected, the transaction does not affect the invoicing for the project.
Quantity The quantity for the transaction.
UoM The unit of measure used for the transaction.
Amount The amount of the transaction.
Invoiced quantity The quantity that is used for invoicing the customer.
Invoiced amount The amount that is used for invoicing the customer.
## The VAT details tab The table on this tab contains information about the taxes to be paid on the invoice. The VAT details are calculated based on the VAT category specified in each line of the pro forma invoice on the **Progress invoicing** and **Time and material** tabs. Inclusive taxes are not supported. If you apply an inclusive VAT to a pro forma invoice, the system shows an error message and does not allow you to release the pro forma invoice.
Column Description
VAT ID The identifier of the tax applied to the document.
VAT rate The VAT rate of the tax.
Taxable amount The taxable amount for the tax, which is calculated at the document level.
VAT amount The VAT amount for the specific tax, which is calculated at the document level.
Retained taxable The retained taxable amount for this document. This column appears in the table if the Retainage support functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Retained VAT The retained VAT amount for this document. This column appears in the table if the Retainage support functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
## The Financial details tab This tab contains information to be used for the creation of the corresponding customer ledger document. For a released pro forma invoice, the tab also shows the information about the created customer ledger document. ### The Invoice settings section
Element Description
Customer ledger doc type The type of the corresponding customer ledger document created when the pro forma invoice is released. Either a sales invoice or an sales credit note can be generated on release of a pro forma invoice, depending on the sign of the Detail total of the pro forma invoice.
Customer ledger ref. no. The reference number of the corresponding customer ledger document created on release of the pro forma invoice.
Branch The branch to be used on creation of the customer ledger document, which is provided by the project settings.
Customer VAT zone

The VAT zone of the customer location.

By default, the system inserts the VAT zone associated with the Customer location specified on the Summary tab of the Projects (PM301000) window; if no VAT zone has been specified for the customer location, the customer VAT zone is not filled in.

You can override the default value.

Terms The credit terms to be used on creation of the customer ledger document, which is provided by the project settings.
Due date The date when payment for the document is due, in accordance with the credit terms.
Cash discount date The end date of the cash discount period, which the system calculates by using the credit terms.
## The Invoicing settings tab This tab displays the invoicing address of the customer and the contact information of the corresponding project for invoicing purposes. The invoicing settings are populated based on the information specified on the **Invoicing settings** tab of the [Projects (PM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000/) window. ### The Invoice-to contact section
Element Description
Override contact A check box that indicates (if selected) that the contact information provided by the project settings can be overridden.
Business name The name of the business.
Attention The department or person to be noted on the attention line, if this line is used by your company.
Phone 1 The phone number of the contact person.
Email The email address of the contact person.
### The Invoice-to address section
Element Description
Override address A check box that indicates (if selected) that the invoicing address provided by the project settings can be overridden.
Address line 1 The first line of the invoicing address.
Address line 2 The second line of the invoicing address.
City The city of the invoicing address.
Country The country of the invoicing address.
County The state or province of the invoicing address.
Postcode

The postal code for the invoicing address.

An input mask for the postal code can be set in the Countries/counties/postcodes (CS20400S) window.

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Process pro forma invoices (PM506000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/process-pro-forma-invoices-pm506000 page In this window, you can select the type of processing, specify criteria for selecting the pro forma invoices to be considered for processing, and process all of the filtered pro form invoices or only selected ones. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Process pro forma invoices (PM506000) In this window, you can select the type of processing, specify criteria for selecting the pro forma invoices to be considered for processing, and process all of the filtered pro form invoices or only selected ones. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## The window toolbar
Element Description
Process Initiates the selected processing (based on the Action you select) for the pro forma invoices you have selected (by using the unlabelled check boxes) in the table.
Process all Initiates the selected processing (based on the Action you select) for all pro forma invoices listed in the table.
## The top part In this area, you can define the criteria for the pro forma invoices to be displayed in the table, as well as the action to be applied if you click **Process** or **Process all**.
Element Description
Action

The action to be taken when clicking Process or Process all in the window toolbar.

At this time, the Release option is available, which you select to release the pro forma invoices to produce sales invoices.

Start date

The start date of the date range for the pro forma invoice dates.

You can leave the box blank to view all pro forma invoices up to and including the End date.

End date

The end date of the date range for the pro forma invoice dates.

You can leave the box blank to view all pro forma invoices starting on the Start date.

## The table This table contains the list of pro forma invoices that match any criteria specified in the top part. You can select pro forma invoices for processing by using the check boxes in the unlabelled column.
Element Description
Project The project for which the pro forma invoice has been created.
Reference no. The reference number of the pro forma invoice.
Status

The status of the pro forma invoice.

Only invoices of the Open status, which indicates that the user can release these invoices, are listed in this window.

Invoice date The date of the pro forma invoice.
Post period The period to which the corresponding customer ledger document will be posted.
Customer The identifier of the customer associated with the pro forma invoice.
Customer name The name of the customer.
Pro forma gross amount in customer currency The gross amount of the invoice in the customer’s currency.
Pro forma customer currency The amount of the invoice in the customer’s currency.
Due date The date when payment for the document is due, in accordance with the credit terms.
Cash discount date The end date of the cash discount period, which the system calculates by using the credit terms.

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Project access (PM102000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-access-pm102000 page By using this window, you can create restriction groups for managing the visibility of projects to users, or modify existing restriction groups by adding or removing users or projects. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project access (PM102000) By using this window, you can create restriction groups for managing the visibility of projects to users, or modify existing restriction groups by adding or removing users or projects. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You can also use the [Restriction groups by project (PM102010)](/visma-net-erp/help/access-management/row-level-security/row-level-security-windows/restriction-groups-by-project-pm102010/) window to manage the visibility of projects to users, but you cannot create restriction groups in this window. ## The top part In this area, you can enter the settings of a new restriction group or select an existing group and edit its settings.
Element Description
Group name The name of the restriction group. You can type a name of a new group or select an existing group.
Description The description of the restriction group. You can type a description if this field is empty or edit an existing description.
Group type The type of the restriction group. You can select one of the following types: A, A inverse, B, or B inverse. For more information, see: About types of restriction groups.
Active

A check box that (if selected) indicates that the restriction group is active. You can clear the check box to make the group inactive, which means that restrictions imposed by the restriction group do not affect the visibility of entities to users.

By default, this check box is selected.

## The Users tab On this tab, you can view the list of users defined in the system and select those to be included in the restriction group.
Column Description
Login Read-only. The login of the user.
Full name Read-only. The full name of the user.
Comment Read-only. The additional information that has been specified for the user in the Users (SM201010) window.
## The Projects tab By using this tab, you can view the list of projects defined in the system and select those to be included in the restriction group.
Column Description
Project ID Read-only. The identifier of the project.
Description Read-only. The description of the project.
Customer Read-only. The customer associated with the project, if this project is external. For an internal project, no customer is specified.
Template Read-only. The template used for creating this project, if applicable.
Status Read-only. The status of the project.
Projects (PM301000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/projects-pm301000 page In this window, you can create, view, modify, and delete projects. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Projects (PM301000) In this window, you can create, view, modify, and delete projects. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The window toolbar
Element Description
Run project invoicing

Initiates invoicing for the currently selected project.

You can run invoicing for an Active, Completed, or Suspended project that is not an internal project.

Create change order

Initiates creating of a change order. A change order is a document for profitability analysis and an audit trial of changes to the project revenue budget, cost budget, commitments, and time and material.

To use the change orders functionality, enable it in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Actions

Provides the following menu commands:

Lock budget
Prevents the Original budgeted quantity, Unit rate, and Original budgeted amount columns from being edited on the Revenue budget and Cost budget tabs of the window. The Unlock budget action reverses the effects of this action.
Unlock budget
Allows the Original budgeted quantity, Unit rate, and Original budgeted amount columns to be edited on the Revenue budget and Cost budget tabs of the current window. The Lock budget action reverses the effects of this action.
Lock commitments:
Prevents the direct creation of purchase orders for this project in the Purchase orders (PO301000) window. This action appears if the Change orders functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window and the Internal cost commitment tracking check box is selected on the General settings tab of the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.
  • Unlock commitments: Allows direct creation of purchase orders for this project in the Purchase orders (PO301000) window.
  • Create template: Opens the New project template dialog box, where you can specify an ID for the project template.
  • Change ID: Opens the Specify new ID dialog box, where you can specify a new ID for the project.
  • Automatic budgeting: Calculates the projected revenue and updates the Balances and Revenue budget tabs of the current window with this revenue.

This action is available only when the project has the In planning, Active, or Completed status. For the calculation to be accurate, the project must be properly configured, with the necessary account groups and allocation rules created, and the projected budget for expenses must be specified.

For more information about tracking future revenues, see: About labour and revenue allocation

Reports
Print project balance
:

Opens the Project balance (PM621000) report report for the selected project.

## The top part You can use this area to add a new project or to select an existing project and view its details.
Element Description
Project ID The unique ID for the project.
Customer

The customer for the project if this project is external.

This value will be used in all invoices generated when you run the invoicing for the project. If you leave this field empty, the project is considered internal and you will not be able to run invoicing for it.

Template ID The template used for creating this project, if applicable.
Description

The description of the project.

> [!NOTE] > This field supports the multi-language functionality, where you can translate the entered text to multiple languages. For more information, see: About multi-language support

Status

The status of the project, which can be one of the following options:

In planning
This status is automatically assigned to any new project where the Hold check box is selected. It reflects that the project is a draft and is not available for selection on data entry windows.
Active
Indicates that the project can be associated with documents and activities in data entry windows in the workspaces integrated with the Projects workspace.
Completed
Indicates that all tasks for the project have been completed.
Suspended
Indicates that the project and all underlying activities are suspended. You can reactivate or cancel a suspended project.
Cancelled
Indicates that the project is cancelled. You can reactivate a cancelled project.
Hold

A check box that you select to indicate that the project should have the In planning status.

When you clear the check box, the status changes to Active.

Completed % Manually enter the percentage of finished work. This value is only used in certain reports.
Assets The actual assets for the project.
Liabilities The actual liabilities for the project.
Income The income expected from the project.
Expenses The total of the current expenses incurred by the project.
## The Summary tab This tab includes general information about the project. ### The Project properties section
Element Description
Revenue budget level

The detail level of the revenue budget. Depending on the selected level, which can be one of the following options, the Item ID or Cost code column is shown or hidden on the Revenue budget tab:

Task
The project revenue is budgeted at the task ( Task ID ) level. With this option selected, the Item ID column is hidden on the Revenue budget tab of the window.
Task and item
The project revenue is budgeted at the task ( Task ID ) and item ( Item ID ) level. The option is not available if the Cost code functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Task and cost code
The project revenue is budgeted at the task ( Task ID ) and cost code ( Cost code ) level. The option is available if the Cost code functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Start date The date when the project starts.
End date The date when the project is expected to end.
Project manager The person who is responsible for managing the project and authorised to approve the project task and task activities.
Last revenue change no. The last revenue change number on the project.
Change order workflow When this check box is selected, the creation of change orders is enabled.
Restrict employees

When this check box is selected, only the employees listed on the Employees tab of this window can create activities and documents associated with the current project.

These capabilities include creating activities on the Activity history tab of this window, time cards in the Employee time card (EP305000) window, and project transactions in the Project transactions (PM304000) window.

Track production data

A check box that you select to track the extra values reported by the people at the work site for the project.

If you select this check box, the following columns appear on the Cost budget tab: Cost to complete, Cost at completion, Percentage of completion, Last cost to complete, Last cost at completion, and Last percentage of completion.

Webhook notifications When this check box is selected, the system will send a notification when a project is created or updated. An update can consist of changes made to the following tabs: Summary, Employee, Tasks.
### The Invoicing and allocation settings section
Element Description
Invoicing period

The frequency of invoicing, which can be one of the following options:

Week
invoicing occurs once a week.
Month
invoicing occurs once a month.
Quarter
invoicing occurs once a quarter.
Year
invoicing occurs once a year.
On demand
invoicing can be performed at any time.

For projects with the Active status, the Invoicing period field is read-only.

Next invoicing date

The date for which the next invoicing is scheduled for the project. A value is displayed in this field only for active projects.

For newly created projects, the Next invoicing date is calculated as the Start date plus one Invoicing period. For the projects for which the project invoicing has been successfully performed at least once, the Next invoicing date is calculated as the Next invoicing date plus one Invoicing period. For the projects with the On demand invoicing period, the Next invoicing date is always empty.

Last invoicing date

The date when the latest invoicing was performed for the project.

A value is displayed in this field only for active projects.

Terms The type of credit terms used for invoices in the project. You define credit terms in the Credit terms (CS206500) window.
Allocation rule The default allocation rule that is used for the tasks created for the project.
Run allocation when you release project transactions When this check box is selected, allocation is run automatically during the release of the documents associated with this project.
Invoicing rule The default invoicing rule that is used for the tasks created for the project.
Rate table The rate table to be used with the allocation rules, if applicable.
Create a pro forma at the time of invoicing When this check box is selected, a pro forma invoice is created automatically for the project when you run project invoicing.
Use the revenue budget limits for time and material

When this check box is selected, the system will validate the limits of the revenue budget of the project when you process pro forma invoices for the project.

The Limit amount and Maximum amount columns are shown on the Revenue budget tab if this check box is selected.

Automatically release customer documents When this check box is selected, invoice documents are released automatically after the project invoicing is completed.
### The Invoice to section
Element Description
Customer location

The location of the project’s customer. When the customer is selected, the system populates this field with the customer’s default location.

This element is available if the Business account locations functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

### The Invoice contact section This section contains the contact information of the customer for invoicing purposes. These settings are initially populated with the information specified on the **Invoicing settings** tab of the [Customers (AR303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/customers-ar303000/) window, but you can override any of the default settings.
Element Description
Override contact When this check box is selected, the contact information provided by the customer’s settings can be overridden.
Business name The name of the business.
Attention The department or person to be noted on the attention line, if this line is used by your company.
Phone 1 The phone number of the contact person.
Email The email address of the contact person.
### The Invoice address section This section contains the invoicing address of the customer for invoicing purposes. These settings are initially populated with the information specified on the **Invoicing settings** tab of the [Customers (AR303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/customers-ar303000/) window, but you can override any of the default settings.
Element Description
Override address When this check box is selected, the invoicing address provided by the customer’s settings can be overridden.
Address 1 The first line of the invoicing address.
Address 2 The second line of the invoicing address.
City The city of the invoicing address.
Country The country of the invoicing address.
County The county of the invoicing address.
Postcode The postcode for the invoicing address. An input mask for the postal code can be set in the Countries/counties/postcodes (CS20400S) window.
### The Visibility settings section
Option Description
General ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the General ledger workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in general ledger documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Supplier ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Supplier ledger workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in supplier ledger documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Customer ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Customer ledger workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in customer ledger documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Sales

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Sales workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in sales documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Purchases

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Purchases workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in purchase documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Inventory

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Inventory workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in inventory documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Cash management

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Cash management workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this option, users can select the associated project and task when they enter a document in the Cash management workspace.

Time entries

A check box that indicates whether the transactions in the Time and expenses workspace can be associated with the task based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the project data.

Expenses

A check box that indicates whether transactions from Expense can be associated with the task based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the project data.

## The Tasks tab On this tab, you can view and modify project tasks, delete project tasks, and add new tasks to the project.
Button Description
Add common tasks

Opens the Add tasks dialog box, where you can add a common task or a task associated with the template this project is based on.

For more information about common and template tasks, see: About templates for projects and tasks

Activate tasks Assigns the Active status to all the project tasks.
Complete tasks Assigns the Completed status to all the active project tasks and sets 100.00 as the value of the Completed (%) column for all of them.
Set as default Use this button to set a project task as the default for a project.
Task ID The ID of the task.
Description The description of the task.
Rate table

The rate table to be used in the allocation rules, if applicable.

If the task is created based on the project template selected in the Template field in the top part of this window, the system uses the rate table of the corresponding task of this project template.

If no project template is selected for the project, or no rate table is defined for the corresponding task of the selected project template, the system uses the rate table of the project specified in the Rate table field on the Summary tab of this window.

Allocation rule

The rule that Visma Net uses to run allocations for the task.

If the task is created based on the project template selected in the Template field in the top part of this window, the system uses the allocation rule of the corresponding task of this project template.

If no project template is selected for the project, or no allocation rule is defined for the corresponding task of the selected project template, the system uses the allocation rule of the project specified in the Allocation rule field on the Summary tab of this window.

Invoicing rule

The rule that Visma Net uses to run invoicing for the task.

If the task is created based on the project template selected in the Template field in the top part of this window, the system uses the invoicing rule of the corresponding task of this project template.

If no project template is selected for the project, or no invoicing rule is defined for the corresponding task of the selected project template, the system uses the invoicing rule of the project specified in the Invoicing rule field on the Summary tab of this window.

Status

The status of the task, which can be one of the following:

In planning
The task is a draft and is not available for selection in data entry windows. This status is automatically assigned to any new task.
Active
The task is active and can be selected on data entry windows.
Cancelled
Task execution has been stopped before task completion. A cancelled task can be activated again.
Completed
The task has been completed.
Completed (%)

The percentage of the work on the task that has been completed, which is determined as follows based on the value selected in the Completion method field on the Summary tab of the Project tasks (PM302000) window:

Manual
Entered manually by a user.
Budgeted quantity
Calculated automatically as the actual quantity divided by the revised budgeted quantity for the cost budget lines associated with the task that have the Auto completed (%) check box selected on the Cost budget tab.
Budgeted amount
Calculated automatically as the actual amount divided by the revised budgeted amount for the cost budget lines associated with the task that have the Auto completed (%) check box selected on the Cost budget tab.

For more information, see: About the calculation of task completion percentage

Start date The date when the task was actually started.
End date The date when the task actually ended.
Approver The employee who is authorised to approve the time activities related to the task.
Invoicing option

The way the task becomes eligible for invoicing, which can be one of the following:

By invoicing period
The task is available for invoicing on demand if the project is assigned the On demand invoicing period, and is available for invoicing at the end of the specified invoicing period if the project is assigned other invoicing periods.
On task completion
The task can be invoiced only when it is completed.
On project completion
The task is available for invoicing when the project is completed.
Default This check box is automatically selected on the active line, when you click the Set as default button on the top part of the table.
Cash management

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Cash management workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this option, users can select the associated project and task when they enter a document in the Cash management workspace.

Customer ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Customer ledger workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in customer ledger documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Expenses

A check box that indicates whether transactions from Expense can be associated with the task based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the project data.

General ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the General ledger workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in general ledger documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Inventory

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Inventory workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in inventory documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Purchases

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Purchases workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the projectchase documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Sales

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Sales workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in sales documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Supplier ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Supplier ledger workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in supplier ledger documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Time entries

A check box that indicates whether the transactions in the Time and expenses workspace can be associated with the task based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the project data.

### The Add tasks dialog box
Column Description
Included A check box that you select for the tasks that you want to add to the project.
Task ID The ID of the task.
Description The description of the task.
Approver The employee assigned to approve time activities associated with the task.
Is global When this is checked, the task is in global use.
Add common tasks (button) Adds the common tasks that you have selected to the current project and closes the dialog box.
Cancel (button) Closes the dialog box without adding any tasks to the current project.
## The Revenue budget tab This tab lists all the project revenues that can be created manually or generated by the project transactions and commitments—that is, generated for the corresponding project, project task, stock item or cost code, and account group.
Element Description
Project task

A task on the project.

If a task is selected, the table lists the revenue budget lines for only this task.

Task description The free-form description of the task you can enter.
Group by task

A check box that you select to make the table show all the revenue budget lines with the same task as a single line.

When the budget lines are grouped by task, the system shows the total for each numeric column of the table in the bottom-most row.

View commitments (button)

Opens the Commitments (PM306000) window in a pop-up window. This window shows the list of commitments that correspond to the selected revenue budget line.

This button is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Commitments (PM306000) window.

View transactions (button) Opens the Project transactions (PM304000) window in a pop-up window. This window shows the list of project transactions that correspond to the selected revenue budget line.
Project task A task on the project.
Item ID

The stock or non-stock stock item that is used for the time and material project invoicing.

By default, the system populates this field with the empty item code, which is initially N/A and can be changed in the Empty item code field in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

The column is shown if Task and item is selected as the Revenue budget level on the Summary tab of the window for the project.

Account group The income account group of the revenue budget line.
Cost code

The cost code that is associated with a revenue budget line. You can change the cost code value for each revenue line.

The column is shown if Task and cost code is selected as the Revenue budget level on the Summary tab of the window for the project.

Description The description of the revenue budget line.
Original budgeted quantity The budgeted quantity of the revenue budget line.
UoM

The unit of measure of the revenue budget line.

If a stock item is selected in the Item ID column, the UoM column is automatically filled in with the base unit of measure of this stock item, which can be changed to another UoM available for the item.

The base unit of measure of the empty item code is HOUR.

If the revenue budget line is created based on the project template selected in the Template field in the top part of this window, the system uses the UoM of the corresponding revenue budget line of this project template. If no UoM is defined for the corresponding revenue budget line of the selected project template, the system selects the UoM by using the logic described above.

Unit rate The price of the specified unit of the revenue budget line.
Original budgeted amount

The budgeted amount of the revenue budget line.

For the Budgeted quantity, UoM, and Unit rate specified for the line, the amount is calculated as Budgeted amount = Budgeted quantity * Unit rate.

Revised budgeted quantity

The revised budgeted quantity if the budget quantity has been revised for the project after the initial budgeting.

By default, this quantity is equal to the Budgeted quantity value specified for the line.

Revised budgeted amount

The revised budgeted amount if the budget amount has been revised for the project after the initial budgeting.

By default, this amount is equal to the Budgeted amount value specified for the line.

Budgeted CO quantity The budgeted change order quantity of the line. This is available, if the Change order workflow check box is selected on the project.
Budgeted CO amount The budgeted change order amount of the line. This is available, if the Change order workflow check box is selected on the project.
Amount limit

A check box that you select to be able to specify the Maximum amount.

This column is shown if the Use the revenue budget limits for time and material check box is selected on the Summary tab.

Maximum amount

The maximum invoiceable amount for the revenue budget line.

This column is shown if the Use the revenue budget limits for time and material check box is selected on the Summary tab.

Committed quantity

The total quantity of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

The quantity is updated only if the UoM is specified in the budget line and if the system can convert the UoM of the document line to the UoM of the budget line by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.

Committed amount

The total amount of commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Committed received quantity

The total received quantity of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

The quantity is updated only if the UoM is specified in the budget line and if the system can convert the UoM of the document line to the UoM of the budget line by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.

Committed invoiced quantity

The total invoiced quantity of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

The quantity is updated only if the UoM is specified in the budget line and if the system can convert the UoM of the document line to the UoM of the budget line by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.

Committed invoiced amount

The total invoiced amount of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Committed open quantity

The total open quantity of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is available onlyif the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

The quantity is updated only if the UoM is specified in the budget line and if the system can convert the UoM of the document line to the UoM of the budget line by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.

Committed open amount

The total open amount of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Amount for draft invoices

If the Create pro forma on invoicing check box is selected for the project, the total amount of the lines of pro forma invoices for which the corresponding sales invoices have not been released yet.

If the Create pro forma on invoicing check box is cleared for the project, the column shows the total amount of unreleased sales invoices.

Actual quantity

The total quantity of the lines of the released sales invoices that correspond to the revenue budget line.

The quantity is updated only if the UoM is specified in the budget line and if the system can convert the UoM of the document line to the UoM of the budget line by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.

Actual amount The total amount of the lines of the released sales invoices that correspond to the revenue budget line.
Actual + open committed amount The sum of the Actual amount and Committed open amount values.
Variance amount The difference between the Revised amount and Actual + open committed amount values.
Completed (%)

The percentage of the work on the task that has been completed.

If the Pending invoice amount is manually changed, the Completed (%) is recalculated as follows: Completed (%) = (Draft invoices amount + Actual amount + Pending invoice amount) / Revised amount \* 100%.

Pending invoice amount

The amount to be invoiced on the next execution of the project invoicing process.

If the Completed (%) value is manually changed, the column values are recalculated as follows: Pending invoice amount = Revised amount \* Completed (% ) / 100 - (Actual amount + Draft invoices amount).

Performance (%) The task performance measure, which the system estimates as the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the actual amount to the revised budgeted amount.
VAT category

The VAT category for the revenue budget line.

By default, the system inserts the VAT category that has been specified for the item specified in the line.

If no item is selected in the line or the item has no VAT category defined, the system inserts into this column the VAT category of the task specified in the line. If the task also has no VAT category defined, this column is empty.

If the revenue budget line is copied from a template defined in the Project templates (PM208000) window, by default, the system inserts the VAT category defined in the template. If no VAT category is defined at the template level, the system selects the VAT category using the logic described in the previous paragraph.

You can override any default value the system inserts into this column.

If you change the item or task for the revenue budget line, the system changes the VAT category by using the logic described above.

## The Cost budget tab This tab lists all the project costs that can be created manually or generated by the project transactions and commitments or that can be generated for the corresponding project, project task, stock item, and expense account mapped to the account group. The **Cost budget update** setting in the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window determines whether the system generates a cost budget line for each item or generates a single line with the empty item code for multiple cost transactions that have the same task and account group but different items.
Element Description
Project task A task on the project. If a task is selected, the table lists the revenue budget lines with only this task.
Task description The free-form description of the task you can enter.
Group by task

A check box that you select to make the table show all the revenue budget lines with the same task as a single line.

When the budget lines are grouped by task, the system shows the total for each numeric column of the table in the bottom-most row.

View commitments (button)

Opens the Commitments (PM306000) window in a pop-up window. It shows the list of commitments that correspond to the selected cost budget line.

This button is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

View transactions (button) Opens the Project transactions (PM304000) window in a pop-up window. It shows the list of project transactions that correspond to the selected cost budget line.
Project task A task on the project.
Item ID

The stock or non-stock stock item that is associated with the cost budget line.

The column is shown if Task and item is selected as the Revenue budget level on the Summary tab of the window for the project.

Cost code

The cost code that is associated with the cost budget line. You can change the cost code value for each line.

The column is shown if Task and cost code is selected as the Revenue budget level on the Summary tab of the window for the project.

Account group

The account group to which the corresponding expense account is mapped.

In addition to the account groups of the Expense type, you can select the Off-balance account groups for which the Expense check box is selected in the Account groups (PM201000) window.

Description The description of the cost budget line.
Original budgeted amount

The budgeted amount of the revenue budget line.

For the Budgeted quantity, UoM, and Unit rate specified for the line, the amount is calculated as Budgeted amount = Budgeted quantity * Unit rate.

UoM

The unit of measure of the cost budget line.

If a stock item is selected in the Item ID column, the UoM is automatically selected as the base unit of measure of this stock item and can be changed to another UoM available for the item.

If the cost budget line is created based on the project template selected in the Template field in the top part of this window, the system uses the UoM of the corresponding cost budget line of this project template. If no UoM is defined for the corresponding cost budget line of the selected project template, the system selects the UoM by using the logic described above.

If the item is not specified, any existing UoM can be selected.

Unit rate The price of the specified unit of the cost budget line.
Budgeted quantity The budgeted quantity of the task and optionally the stock item.
Budgeted amount The budgeted amount of the task and optionally the stock item. For the Budgeted quantity, UoM, and Unit rate specified for the line, the amount is calculated as Budgeted amount = Budgeted quantity * Unit rate.
Revised quantity The revised quantity if the budget quantity has been revised for the project after the initial budgeting.
Revised amount The revised amount if the budget amount has been revised for the project after the initial budgeting.
Budgeted CO quantity The budgeted change order quantity of the line. You can use this is available, if the Change order workflow check box is selected on the project.
Budgeted CO amount The budgeted change order amount of the line. You can use this is available, if the Change order workflow check box is selected on the project.
Committed quantity

The total quantity of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

The quantity is updated only if the UoM is specified in the budget line and if the system can convert the UoM of the document line to the UoM of the budget line by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.

Committed amount

The total amount of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Committed received quantity

The total received quantity of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

The quantity is updated only if the UoM is specified in the budget line and if the system can convert the UoM of the document line to the UoM of the budget line by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.

Committed invoiced quantity

The total invoiced quantity of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

The quantity is updated only if the UoM is specified in the budget line and if the system can convert the UoM of the document line to the UoM of the budget line by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.

Committed invoiced amount

The total invoiced amount of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Committed open quantity

The total open quantity of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

The quantity is updated only if the UoM is specified in the budget line and if the system can convert the UoM of the document line to the UoM of the budget line by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.

Committed open amount

The total open amount of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Actual quantity

The total quantity of the released Projects transactions that correspond to the cost budget line.

The quantity is updated only if the UoM is specified in the budget line and if the system can convert the UoM of the document line to the UoM of the budget line by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.

Actual amount The total amount of the released project transactions that correspond to the cost budget line.
Actual + open committed amount The sum of the Actual amount and Committed open amount values.
Variance quantity The difference between the Revised budgeted quantity and Actual quantity.
Variance amount The difference between the Revised amount and Actual + open committed amount values.
Performance (%) The task performance measure, which the system estimates as the percentage of the actual amount to the revised budgeted amount.
Automatically completed (%) When this check box is selected, the Completed (%) of the corresponding task is calculated automatically, based on the completion method of the task, which is specified in the Project tasks (PM302000) window.
Performance (%) The task performance measure, which the system estimates as the percentage of the actual amount to the revised budgeted amount.
Automatically completed (%) When this check box is selected, the Completed (%) of the corresponding task is calculated automatically, based on the completion method of the task, which is specified in the Project tasks (PM302000) window.
Revenue task The task for which the revenue budget is specified for the cost budget line.
Revenue item

The item for which the revenue budget is specified for the cost budget line.

This column is shown if Task and item is selected as the Revenue budget level on the Summary tab of this window for the project.

## The Balances tab You use this tab to view the budget broken down by account groups.
Button Description
View transactions

Opens the Project transactions (PM304000) window in a pop-up window.

It shows the list of project transactions that correspond to the selected budget line.

View commitments

Opens the Commitments (PM306000) window in a pop-up window.

It window shows the list of commitments that correspond to the selected budget line.

This column is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Account group The group of accounts for which the actual and budgeted amounts are specified.
Description The description of the account group.
Original budgeted amount The amount budgeted for the project with respect to this account group.
Current budgeted amount The revised budgeted amount for the project with respect to this account group.
Actual amount The actual amount spent on the project with respect to this account group.
Performance (%) The project completion measure, estimated as the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the actual amount to the revised budgeted amount.
Budgeted CO quantity The budgeted change order quantity of the line. You can use this is available, if the Change order workflow check box is selected on the project.
Budgeted CO amount The budgeted change order amount of the line. You can use this is available, if the Change order workflow check box is selected on the project.
Committed amount

The total amount of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Committed open amount

The total open amount of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Committed invoiced amount

The total invoiced amount of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column is available only if the Internal commitment tracking check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Actual + open committed amount The sum of the Actual amount and Committed open amount values.
Variance amount The difference between the Revised amount and Actual + open committed amount values.
## The Commitments tab You use this tab to view purchase orders that have at least one line related to the project. ### The top part
Element Description
Show purchases When this check box is selected, you will see the purchase orders connected with the projects, which have purchases order types with the Commitment check box selected.
Show sales When this check box is selected, you will see the sales orders connected with the projects, which have sales order types with the Commitment check box selected.
### The table
Column Description
Workspace The workspace connected with the transactions.
Type The type of the purchase order.
Order no. The unique reference number of the purchase order.
Date The date the purchase order was created.

Customer/

supplier

The number of the customer/supplier to/from which the items are sold/purchased.
Account name The name of the customer/supplier.
Order qty. The total quantity of the item that has been ordered, expressed in the unit of measure of the purchase order line.
Open qty. The quantity of the ordered items yet to be received for the purchase order.
Order total The total sum for the purchase order.
Currency The currency of the purchase order.
Status The status of the purchase order.
Line total The total amount of the line.
Order description The description of the sales or purchase order.
## The Customer invoice tab This tab lists all the invoices generated during various stages of project execution. If the invoicing workflow of the project includes the creation of pro forma invoices or the **Create pro forma on invoicing** check box is selected for the project and the sales invoices are listed in the same row with the pro forma invoice they were created based on.
Column Description
Invoicing number The serial number of the invoice that is being assigned to the invoices of the project in order of the creation of the invoices in accordance with the numbering sequence specified in the Pro forma number series field in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.
Pro forma date The date of the pro forma invoice.
Pro forma ref. no. The reference number of the pro forma invoice.
Pro forma net amount in base currency The net amount of the pro forma invoice in the base currency.
Pro forma gross amount in base currency The gross amount of the pro forma invoice in the base currency.
Pro forma customer currency The customer currency of the pro forma invoice.
Pro forma gross amount in customer currency The gross amount of the pro forma invoice in the customer currency.
Pro forma net amount in customer currency The net amount of the pro forma invoice in the customer currency.
Description The description provided for the pro forma invoice.
Status The status of the pro forma invoice.
Invoice total The total amount of the pro forma invoice.
Doc. type The type of the customer ledger document.
Ref. no. customers The reference to the customer ledger document.
Doc. date The date of the customer ledger document.
Doc. status The status of the customer ledger document.
Doc. description The description of the customer ledger document.
Doc. amount The total amount of the customer ledger document.
Currency The currency of the invoice.
Open CL balance The current open balance of the invoice.
Customer doc. net amount The net amount of the customer document.
Open balance in currency The open balance of the invoice in currency.
## The Supplier invoices tab This tab displays the list of supplier documents associated with the project.
Column Description
Supplier The ID of the supplier of the invoice assigned to the project.
Supplier name The name of the supplier.
Supplier ref. The supplier reference on the connected supplier document.
Invoice no. The invoice number of the supplier document.
Description The description of the supplier document.
Date The date of the supplier document.
Type The type of supplier document.
Amount The amount of the document.
Status The status of the document.
Gross amount The gross amount of the document.
Net amount The net amount of the document.
Open balance The open balance of the document.
Currency The currency of the document.
Open balance in currency The open balance of the document in currency.
## The Change orders tab This tab lists change orders connected with the project. If the invoicing workflow of the project includes the creation of pro forma invoices or the **Create pro forma on invoicing** check box is selected for the project and the sales invoices are listed in the same row with the pro forma invoice they were created based on.
Column Description
Ref. no The reference number of the change order.
Class The class of the change order, which is defined in the Change order classes (PM203000) window.
Revenue change no.

The number of the change order that affect the project revenue within the project, which the system uses for printing.

The Revenue change no. is an integer that the system assigns sequentially, starting from 1 and then 2, 3, and so on. The last assigned number for the change orders of the project is shown in the Last revenue change no. field in the Project properties section of the Summary tab of this window.

Status

The status of the change order, which can be one of the following:

On hold
The change order is a draft that can be edited but cannot be released.
Open
The order is open.
Pending approval
The change order is pending the approval of the employee who has been assigned to approve the change order.
Rejected
The employee who was assigned to approve the change order has rejected it.
Open
The change order is ready to be released.
Closed
The change order has been released.
Description The description provided for the change order.
Change date The date on which the changes made with the change order should be recorded in the project balances.
Approval date The date that is communicated to the customer as the approval date of the agreed-upon changes.
External reference no The external reference number of the change order.
Revenue budget change total The total amount of the changes of the change order to the revenue budget of the project, which is the total of the Amount column on the Revenue budget tab of the Change orders (PM308000) window.
Commitments change total The total amount of the changes of the change order to the commitments of the project, which is the total of the Amount in base currency column on the Commitments tab of the Change orders (PM308000) window.
Cost budget change total The total amount of the changes of the change order to the cost budget of the project, which is the total of the Amount column on the Cost budget tab of the Change orders (PM308000) window.
Reverse status

The reverse status of the change order, which can be one of the following:

None
The change order is a normal change order.
Reversing
The change order is a reversing change order that reverses the impact of the original change order, whose reference number is shown in the Original CO ref. no. column.
Reversed
The change order that has been reversed.
Orig. CO ref. no The reference number of the original change order that the current change order reverses.
## The Activity history tab This tab displays the list of the activities that are associated with the project. If the **Restrict employees** check box is selected for the project on the **Summary** tab of this window, only the employees listed on the **Employees** tab of this window can add activities to the project. Activities cannot be added to a project with the **Completed** or **Cancelled** status. If activities have been added to a project that has the **In Planning** status, any related transactions cannot be released until the project status is set to **Active**. ### The activity type buttons
Button Description
Add task Opens the Task (CR306020) window in a pop-up window; you can use the window to create a new task associated with the project.
Add event Opens the Event (CR306030) window in a pop-up window; you can use the window to create a new event associated with the project.
Add email Opens the Send (CR306015) window in a pop-up window; you can use the window to create and send an email associated with the project.
Add activity

Includes the following predefined menu commands:

Add note
Opens the Activity (CR306010) window, which you can use to create an activity with the Note type, in a pop-up window.
Add chat
Opens the Activity (CR306010) window, which you can use to create a new activity with the Chat type, in a pop-up window.
Add appointment
Opens the Activity (CR306010) window, which you can use to create a new activity with the Appointment type, in a pop-up window.
Add message
Opens the Activity (CR306010) window, which you can use to create a new activity with the Message type, in a pop-up window.
Add phone call
Opens the Activity (CR306010) window, which you can use to create a new activity with the Phone call type, in a pop-up window.
Add work item
Opens the Activity (CR306010) window, which you can use to create a new activity with the Work item type, in a pop-up window.
### The table columns In addition to the columns described below, the tab includes columns (labelled with icons) that you can use to attach notes and files to the activity, to check what priority level is specified for the activity, and whether the activity is completed.
Column Description
Type The type of the activity.
Summary The description provided for the activity. Click the link in this column for a specific activity to open the activity in a pop-up window.
Status The status of the activity.
Start date The start date and time of the activity.
Category The category of the activity.
Invoiceable A check box that indicates (if selected) that the time spent on the activity is invoiceable.
Time spent The total time spent on the activity.
Overtime The time in excess of normal work hours spent on the activity.
Invoiceable time The number of invoiceable hours spent on the activity.
Invoiceable overtime The invoiceable time in excess of normal work hours spent on the activity.
Work group The work group to which the activity is assigned.
Owner The employee to whom the activity is assigned.
Created by The user who has created the activity.
Project The project connected with the activity.
Project task The project task connected with the activity.
Released This check box is selected if the activity has been released.
## The Employees tab The tab contains a list of the employees assigned to the project and the relevant details about each employee. If the **Restrict employees** check box is selected for the project on the **Summary** tab of this window, only the listed employees can create activities and documents associated with the current project, which includes creating activities on the **Activity history** tab of this window, time cards in the [Employee time card (EP305000)](/visma-net-erp/help/time-and-expenses/time-and-expenses-windows/employee-time-card-ep305000/) window, or project transactions in the [Project transactions (PM304000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-transactions-pm304000/) window.
Column Description
Employee ID The ID of the employee assigned to the project.
Employee name The name of the employee assigned to the project.
Department The department of the employee.
Type of hour The hour type determines the labour cost of this employee with respect to the current project. You can create a new hour type by using the Type of hours (EP102000) window.
Description The description of the earning type.
Labour item The non-stock item of the Labour type used to account for the labour effort of the employee for this project.
Default price The price associated with the labour item by default.
## The General ledger accounts tab On this tab, you can select general ledger accounts that the system uses if the project is selected as the source of a particular account. ### The Default values section
Element Description
Default account

The account to be used as one of the sources of possible accounts for the invoices and transactions for the project.

This account is used as the expense account in project transactions if the Project option is selected in the Expense account source field in the Invoicing rules (PM207000) window.

This account is also used as the sales account for the invoice lines generated for the project by the invoicing rule with the Project selected in the Use sales account from field in the Invoicing rules (PM207000) window.

Default subaccount

The subaccount to be used as one of the sources of possible segment values for subaccounts to be used in the invoices and transactions for the project.

This subaccount is used as a source of segment values (to be used for project transactions) for the segments with the P option selected in the Expense sub. source field in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

This subaccount is also used as a source of segment values for the sales subaccount for the invoice lines generated for the project by the invoicing rule with the P mask specified in the Sales subaccount mask field in the Invoicing rules (PM207000) window.

Accrual account The default accrual account to be used in project transactions for the project; also, this account is used as the default expense accrual account for transactions if the Project accrual option is selected in the Expense accrual account source field in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.
Accrual subaccount The default accrual subaccount to be used in project transactions for the project; also, this subaccount is used as a source of segment values for the expense accrual subaccount (to be used for project transactions) for the segments with the P option selected in the Expense accrual sub. source field in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.
### The Default task for the general ledger account table When you create a document, you specify a project task for each transaction where it is applicable. However, no project task is specified for an automatically added transaction (such as a freight transaction added to an Customer ledger invoice), which causes an error. You use this table to map project tasks to the accounts that may be used in transactions automatically added to documents. If the same mapping should be used for multiple similar projects, you specify the corresponding rules by using the [Project templates (PM208000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-templates-pm208000/) window.
Column Description
Account The General ledger account that may appear in a transaction that is automatically added by the system to the documents associated with this project.
Default task The task of this project to be associated with the account.
## The Attributes tab On the **Attributes** tab, you can view, add, change, or delete attribute values for the project. The project-related attributes are selected in the [Project attributes (PM202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-attributes-pm202000/) window.
Column Description
Attribute The attribute used for the project.
Required A check box that indicates (if selected) that this attribute is required for the project.
Value The value of the attribute for the project.
## The Mailing settings tab The **Mailing settings** tab contains the list of predefined mailings that can be used for electronically (by email) sending the customer pro forma invoices and other documents related to the project. When a new project is created, the system copies to the project all the default mailing settings from the **Mailing settings** tab of the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window. You can override these default settings. ### The Mailing table You use this table to view and modify the list of active mailings that can be used to send emails to the customer. For each mailing, you can select either a report or a email template to be used by default as the body of the email.
Column Description
Mailing ID The unique ID of the mailing.
Branch The branch of your company with which this mailing is associated.
Email account The email account to be used for as the sender of emails for this mailing. If no account is specified, the default email account, which is defined in the Email preferences (SM204001) window, will be used.
Report The report to be used by default for printing an invoice for the project and as the body or attachment of the email. The report you select here must be a report in the Projects workspace
Notification template The email template, which is defined in the Notification templates (SM204003) window, to be used by default to generate personalised emails for this mailing, if a template is used rather than a report.
Format The format in which the report (if applicable) will be sent by default if no preferences have been specified for a particular recipient in the Customers (AR303000) window (for customer contacts). Select one of the following options: HTML, Excel, or PDF.
Active When this check box is selected, this mailing is active. Emails will be generated only for active mailings. For the PROFORMA mailing, you cannot clear this check box.
### The Recipients table You use this table to view and modify the list of default types of recipients for the selected mailing.
Column Description
Contact type

The type of contact to receive emails:

Primary
A primary contact of the customer
Employee
An employee of your company who handles documents of the project
Contact
One of the contacts of the customer
Contact ID The specific contact. A particular recipient can be selected only if you have selected Employee or Contact as the Contact type. The selected employee or contact will receive the emails.
Email The email address associated with the contact.
Format The format in which the report (if applicable) will be sent to recipients. Select one of the following options: HTML, Excel, or PDF.
Active A check box that indicates (if selected) that the contact is active. Only active recipients receive the emails generated for this mailing.
Bcc A check box that indicates (if selected) that the contact will receive a bcc of the emails.
## The Webhook notifications tab The Webhook notifications tab is visible only if the **Webhook notifications** check box is selected. In this tab you can see all triggered events from the Project window. Every time you make change in this window and save, a new notification will be created and sent to the recipient. ### The top part
Element Description
View notification feedback Opens the Webhook notification feedback window where the message from the third-party integrator is visible.
Resend notification Is used to resend the notification.
### The table
Column Description
Success Indicates if the message has been sent successfully or not.
Event Represents the event category indicating if an entity has been created or updated.
Status Indicates the status of the message. If the source is Visma Net, the status can be sent or resent. If the source is an API, the status is available meaning it is ready to be sent to third party integrators. If the source is Third party-integrators, the status is Consumed meaning that the customer confirms receiving the message.
Source Indicates the source of the event: VNE, API, or Third Party-Integrators.
User Indicates which user made a change to the entity.
Date Indicates the date when the change was made.
Message Indicates the detailed message identifier that has been sent.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Project accounting preferences (PM101000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000 page You use this window to set up the Projects workspace and to establish appropriate project management settings. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project accounting preferences (PM101000) You use this window to set up the Projects workspace and to establish appropriate project management settings. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## The General information tab Here, you will find the general settings of the Projects workspace. ### The General settings section
Element Description
Transaction number series The system uses this number to automatically assign reference numbers to project-related transactions.
Batch number series The system uses this number to assign reference numbers to project-related batches.
Pro forma number series The number series the system uses to assign reference numbers to pro forma invoices.
Non-project code

The project ID that indicates that a specific transaction or task is not related to any project. The default value is X.

When the Projects workspace is integrated with other modules, data entry windows in those modules include the Project column, where the user must specify the project associated with the transaction. You must enter the non-project code specified here if a transaction is not associated with any project.

Empty item code

The code to be specified as the Item ID to indicate that no specific item is associated with a project transaction, commitment, budget line of a project, or pro forma invoice line. In the Projects workspace, if a window includes the mandatory Item ID column where the user must specify an item, the system automatically populates this column with the empty item code, which the user can replace with the identifier of a particular item.

The default empty item code is <N/A>; you can specify a different code if needed. The default UoM of the empty item code is HOUR. In the windows of the Projects workspace, when the empty item code is selected as the Item ID, you can select any other UoM instead of HOUR.

The empty item code is treated as a real item in the Projects workspace, which gives users the opportunity to use this value in inquiries filtered by item, or to filter the rows in the windows of the Projects workspace by the empty item code you specify.

In other workspaces, the empty item code is not supported and treated as NULL. For example, if a pro forma invoice has lines with the empty item code selected as the Item ID in the Pro forma invoices (PM307000) window, when the pro forma invoice is released, the system creates a sales invoice that has an empty Item ID setting in the corresponding lines in the Sales invoices (AR301000) window.

Invoiceable cut-off date

In the Run project invoicing (PM503000) window, you have specified an Invoice date.

Now, you can choose whether you want to include or exclude the transactions that are created on the invoice date for the automatic invoices. Select one of the following options:

  • Include transactions created on invoice date
  • Exclude transactions created on invoice date
Validate revenue budget limits for time and material

Defines how the system validates the limits of the revenue budget of a project when you process pro forma invoices for the project. You can select one of the following options:

Ignore
The system shows a warning message when revenue budget limits are exceeded.
Validate
(default): The system shows an error message when revenue budget limits are exceeded.
Cost budget update

The way the system updates the cost budget of projects with cost transactions.

When a cost transaction is posted to the Projects workspace, the system updates the corresponding project with this transaction.

If the cost budget of the project has a line with the same project task, account group, and item, the system updates the actual quantity and actual amount of this line on the Cost budget tab of the Projects (PM301000) window with the quantity and amount of the transaction, respectively.

Otherwise, the system adds a new cost budget line.

The account group is the group to which the expense account updated by the transaction is mapped. The item is the item of the cost transaction or the empty item code based on the option selected in the Cost budget update field. You can select one of the following options:

Detailed
(default): The system updates the cost budget line that has the same item as in the cost transaction. If the cost budget has no line that has this item, a new line with the item is added.
Summary
The system updates the cost budget line with the empty item code selected as the item, regardless of the item of the cost transaction. If the cost budget has no line with the empty item code, a new line with the empty item code is added.
Automatically post on release A check box that determines whether project transactions will be automatically posted to General ledger once they are released.
Automatically release allocations

A check box that indicates whether Projects allocation transactions will be automatically released when generated.

If you do not select this check box, you will be able to release the project allocation transactions manually by using the Release transactions (PM501000) window.

Internal cost commitment tracking If you select this check box,, purchase orders are tracked by project as cost commitment.
Internal revenue commitment tracking If you select this check box, sales orders are tracked by project as revenue commitment.
### The Visibility settings section By using the check boxes in this section, you can select the workspaces you want to integrate with the Projects workspace.
Option Description
General ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the General ledger workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in general ledger documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Supplier ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Supplier ledger workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in supplier ledger documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Customer ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Customer ledger workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in customer ledger documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Sales

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Sales workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in sales documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Purchases

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Purchases workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in purchase documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Inventory

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Inventory workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in inventory documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Cash management

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Cash management workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this option, users can select the associated project and task when they enter a document in the Cash management workspace.

Time entries

A check box that indicates whether the transactions in the Time and expenses workspace can be associated with the task based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the project data.

Expenses

A check box that indicates whether transactions from Expense can be associated with the task based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the project data.

Restrict available projects in customer ledger Select where the project selection list will be restricted, either for all projects or projects with a customer (in the customer ledger only).
### The Account settings section These elements define the rules for selecting the expense account and expense subaccount to be used in transactions generated in the Projects workspace on release of time cards.
Element Description
Expense account source

The source of the account for the debit side of the project transactions: The following options are available:

Labour item
Select this option to have the system use in projects transactions the default account associated with the labour item specified on the time card. For labour items, the default expense account is specified in the Expense account field on the General ledger accounts tab of the Non-stock items (IN202000) window.
Project
Select this option to have the system use in project transactions the default account associated with the underlying project and specified in the Default account field on the General ledger accounts tab of the Project tasks (PM302000) window.
Task
Select this option to have the system use in project transactions the default account associated with the underlying task and specified in the Default account field on the Summary tab of the Project tasks (PM302000) window.
Resource
Select this option to have the system use in project transactions the default account associated with the employee. For employees, the default expense account is specified in the Expense account field on the Financial settings tab of the Employees (EP203000) window.
Expense sub. source

The subaccount mask that defines the rule of selecting segment values for the expense subaccount to be used for project transactions. For a segment, the character designating the needed option is repeated as many times as there are characters in the segment. To set up the rule, select a segment, press F3, and select a source of the segment value, which is one of the following options:

E
The subaccount associated with the employee specified in the time card. For employees, the default expense subaccount is specified in the Expense sub. field on the Financial settings tab of the Employees (EP203000) window.
I
The subaccount associated with the non-stock item (labour item) used in the time card. For labour items, the default expense subaccount is specified in the Expense sub. field on the General ledger accounts tab of the Non-stock items (IN202000) window.
P
The subaccount associated with the project and specified in the Default subaccount field on the General ledger accounts tab of the Projects (PM301000) window.
T
The subaccount associated with the project task and specified in the Default subaccount field on the Summary tab of the Project tasks (PM302000) window.

This element is available only if the Subaccounts functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Expense accrual account source

The source of the account for the credit side of the project transaction to be generated on release of the time cards. The following options are available:

Labour item accrual
Select this option to use by default in project transactions the accrual account associated with the labour item on the time card. For labour items, this account is specified in the Expense accrual account field on the General ledger accounts tab of the Non-stock items (IN202000) window.
Project accrual
Select this option to use in project transactions the accrual account associated with the project and specified in the Accrual account field on the General ledger accounts tab of the Projects (PM301000) window.
Task accrual
Select this option to use by default in project transactions the default account associated with the task and specified in the Accrual account field on the Summary tab of the Project tasks (PM302000) window.
Expense accrual sub. source

The subaccount mask that defines the rule of selecting segment values for the expense accrual subaccount to be used for the Projects transactions generated on release of time cards.

For a segment, the character designating the needed option is repeated as many times as there are characters in the segment. To set up the rule, select a segment, press F3, and select the source of the segment value, which is one of the following options:

E
The default accrual expense subaccount associated with the employee specified in the time card. For employees, the default expense subaccount is specified in the Expense sub. field on the Financial settings tab of the Employees (EP203000) window.
I
The default expense accrual subaccount associated with the non-stock item (labour item) used in the time card. For labour items, the default accrual subaccount is specified in the Expense accrual sub. field on the General ledger accounts tab of the Non-stock items (IN202000) window.
P
The default accrual subaccount associated with the project and specified in the Accrual subaccount field on the General ledger accounts tab of the Projects (PM301000) window.
T
The default accrual subaccount associated with the project task and specified in the Accrual subaccount field on Summary tab of the Project tasks (PM302000) window.

This element is available only if the Subaccounts functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

## The Mailing settings tab The **Mailing settings** tab contains the list of predefined mailings that you can use for printing and electronically (by email) sending documents related to projects to customers. When a new project or a project template is created, the mailing settings specified on this tab are copied to the project or the project template. ### The Default sources table By using the **Default sources** table, you can view and modify the list of active mailings that can be used to send emails for projects. For each mailing, you can select either a report or an email template to be used by default as the body of the email.
Column Description
Mailing ID

The unique identifier of the mailing. Visma Net provides two predefined system mailings:

PROFORMA
The mailing is used to print and email pro forma invoices.
INVOICE
The mailing is used to print and email sales invoices that originate from the Projects workspace.
Default email account

The system email account to be used by default for sending emails for this mailing.

If no account is specified, the default system account will be used.

Report ID

The report of the Projects workspace to be used by default for printing and also as the body or attachment of the email, if a report is used rather than an email template. By default, the following reports are used for the predefined system mailings:

PROFORMA
The Pro forma invoices (PM307000) report
INVOICE
The Project invoice (PM641000) report, which is a copy of the Invoice/note (AR641000) report
Notification template The email template to be used by default to generate personalised emails for this mailing, if a template is used rather than a report. This template is defined in the Notification templates (SM204003) window.
Format The format in which the report (if applicable) will be sent by default if no preferences have been specified for a particular recipient. Select one of the following options: HTML, Excel, or PDF.
Active

A check box that indicates (if selected) that this mailing is active.

Emails can be generated only for active mailings. For the PROFORMA mailing, this check box is automatically selected and cannot be cleared.

### The Default recipients table You use the **Default recipients** table to view and modify the list of default types of recipients for the selected mailing. The contact types specified in the table are used as the default values for the contact types for projects.
Column Description
Contact type

The type of contact to receive emails:

Primary
A primary contact of the project
Employee
An employee of your company who handles documents of the project
Contact ID

The specific contact.

A particular recipient can be selected only if you have selected Employee as the Contact type.

Format

The format in which the report (if applicable) will be sent to recipients of this type.

Select one of the following options: HTML, Excel, or PDF.

Active

A check box that indicates (if selected) that the contact of this type is active.

Only active recipients receive the emails generated for this mailing.

BCC A check box that indicates (if selected) that the contact of this type will receive a blind carbon copy (BCC) of the emails.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Project attributes (PM202000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-attributes-pm202000 page An attribute group is a collection of additional elements to gather and store information related to specific entity types: projects, tasks, or account groups. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project attributes (PM202000) An attribute group is a collection of additional elements to gather and store information related to specific entity types: projects, tasks, or account groups. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. An attribute group is a collection of additional elements to gather and store information related to specific entity types: projects, tasks, or account groups. If a group is defined for the entity type, the attributes will be displayed on the **Attributes** tab of the corresponding window, so that users can specify them when they create an entity of that type. By using this window, you can create, view, modify, and delete attribute groups. To define the attributes, you use the [Attributes (CS205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/common-settings-windows/attributes-cs205000/) window. Only one group of attributes can be defined for each entity type used in the Projects workspace. ## The top part In this area, you can select the entity type and then create, modify, or delete its attribute group.
Element Description
Name

The entity type for which you want to specify the attribute group. The following options are available:

Project
The listed attributes will be added to the Projects (PM301000) window.
Task
To add the listed attributes to the Project tasks (PM302000) window.
Account group
To add the listed attributes to the Account groups (PM201000) window.
## The table In the table, you can create the list of attributes to be used for the specified entity type.
Column Description
Active

A check box that indicates (if selected) that the attribute is available for all records of a particular type.

You can deactivate an obsolete attribute by clearing the check box.

Attribute ID The attribute ID.
Description A read-only field showing the description that has been provided for the attribute.
Sort order An integer that defines the position of the attribute in the list of attributes available for the entity type. You should specify 1 for the first attribute you want to be listed, 2 for the second, and so on.
Required A check box that indicates (if selected) that the user must specify a value for this attribute in the appropriate data entry window.
Control type A read-only box displaying the element type of the attribute: Text, Combo, Check box, or Date-time.

Related pages

Tasks

Project balance (PM40102S) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-balance-pm40102s page This report shows the project balances for projects you wish to see. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project balance (PM40102S) This report shows the project balances for projects you wish to see. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report shows the project balances for projects you wish to see. ## The top part You use the elements in this area to select the projects whose balances you want to view in the table.
Element Description
View project (button) Opens the Projects (PM301000) window, where you can view the details of a project you select.
From project The ID of the project you want to start your selection from.
To project The ID of the project to you want to end your selection at.
Project manager The project manager of the projects you want view in the table.
Customer The customer connected to the projects you want view in the table.
Start date The start date of the range of projects you want to view in the table.
End date The end date of the range of projects you want to view in the table.
Account group The account group of the projects you want to view in the table.
Status The status of the projects that you want to view in the table.
## The table
Element Description
Project The ID of the project.
Project name The name of the project.
Customer The name of the customer of the project.
Customer no. The number of the customer of the project.
Account group The name of the account group of the project.
Account group ID The ID of the account group of the project.
Current budget amount The current budget amount of the project.
Actual amount The actual amount of the project.
Difference The difference between the current budget amount and the actual amount.
Performance The performance of the project.
Status The status of the project.

Related pages

Tasks

Project budget (PM309000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-budget-pm309000 page By using this window, you can do the following: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project budget (PM309000) By using this window, you can do the following: This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. + Add and update budget records of any type for any project + View transactions and commitments that correspond to budget lines + Upload to and export budget lines of any type from Excel + Import and export budget lines of any type with the help of integration scenarios ## The window toolbar
Element Description
View transactions Opens the Project transactions (PM304000) window in a pop-up window. This window shows the list of project transactions that correspond to the selected budget line.
View commitment details

Opens the Commitments (PM306000) window in a pop-up window. This window shows the list of commitments that correspond to the selected budget line.

This button appears if at least one of the following check boxes is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window: Internal cost commitment tracking or Revenue commitment tracking.

## The table
Element Description
Project The identifier of the project.
Project task The identifier of a project task. If you select a project that has the default project task, this task is automatically populated in the column.
Item ID The item that is associated with the budget line. By default, the system populates this column with the empty item code, which is initially N/A and can be changed in the Empty item code field in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.
Cost code

The cost code that is associated with the budget line. You can change the cost code value for each line.

The column is shown if the Cost code functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Account group The account group of the budget line.
Description The detailed description of the budget line.
UoM The unit of measure of the budget line. If a stock item is selected in the Item ID column, the UoM column is automatically filled in with the base unit of measure of this stock item, which can be changed to another UoM available for the item.
Original budgeted quantity The budgeted quantity of the budget line.
Unit rate The price of the specified unit of the budget line.
Original budgeted amount The budgeted amount of the budget line. For the original budgeted quantity, UoM, and unit rate specified for the line, the amount is calculated as Original budgeted amount = Original budgeted quantity * Unit rate.
Revised budgeted quantity If the Change order workflow check box is cleared for the project on the Summary tab of the Projects (PM301000) window, you can change the quantity manually.
Revised budgeted amount The revised budgeted amount if the original budget amount has been revised for the project after the initial budgeting. By default, this amount is equal to the Original budgeted amount value specified for the line.
Revised committed quantity

The quantity is updated only if the UoM is specified in the budget line and if the system can convert the UoM of the document line to the UoM of the budget line by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.

This column appears if at least one of the following check boxes is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window: Internal cost commitment tracking or Revenue commitment tracking.

Revised committed amount

The total amount of commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column appears if at least one of the following check boxes is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window: Internal cost commitment tracking or Revenue commitment tracking.

Committed revised quantity)

The total received quantity of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column appears if at least one of the following check boxes is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window: Internal cost commitment tracking or Revenue commitment tracking.

The quantity is updated only if the UoM is specified in the budget line and if the system can convert the UoM of the document line to the UoM of the budget line by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.

Committed invoiced quantity

The total invoiced quantity of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group. This column appears if at least one of the following check boxes is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window: Internal cost commitment tracking or Revenue commitment tracking.

The quantity is updated only if the UoM is specified in the budget line and if the system can convert the UoM of the document line to the UoM of the budget line by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.

Committed invoiced amount

The total invoiced amount of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column appears if at least one of the following check boxes is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window: Internal cost commitment tracking or Revenue commitment tracking.

Committed open quantity

The total open quantity of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column appears if at least one of the following check boxes is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window: Internal cost commitment tracking or Revenue commitment tracking.

The quantity is updated only if the UoM is specified in the budget line and if the system can convert the UoM of the document line to the UoM of the budget line by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.

Committed open amount

The total open amount of the commitments that are associated with the project, project task, and account group.

This column appears only if at least one of the following check boxes is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window: Internal cost commitment tracking or Revenue commitment tracking.

Actual quantity The total quantity of the lines of the released customer invoices that correspond to the budget line. The quantity is updated only if the UoM is specified in the budget line and if the system can convert the UoM of the document line to the UoM of the budget line by using the list of unit conversions defined in the Units of measure (CS203100) window.
Actual amount The total amount of the lines of the released customer invoices that correspond to the budget line.
Type

The type of the account group of the budget line that can be one of the following:

Asset
The account group may include asset and liability accounts.
Liability
The account group may include liability and asset accounts.
Income
The account group may include income, expense and liability accounts.
Expense
The account group may include expense and income accounts.
Off-balance
The account group is used to track statistical information.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Project list (PM40101S) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-list-pm40101s page You use the elements in this area to select the projects you want to view in the table. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project list (PM40101S) You use the elements in this area to select the projects you want to view in the table. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## The top part You use the elements in this area to select the projects you want to view in the table.
Element Description
View project (button) Opens the Projects (PM301000) window, where you can view the details of a project you select.
From project The ID of the project you want to start your selection from.
To project The ID of the project to you want to end your selection at.
Project manager The project manager of the projects you want view in the table.
Customer The customer connected to the projects you want view in the table.
Start date The start date of the range of projects you want to view.
End date The end date of the range of projects you want to view.
Status The status of the projects that you want to view in the table.
## The table
Column Description
Project ID The ID of the project.
Project name The name of the project.
Project manager The manager of the project.
Completed (%) The percentage of the project that has been completed.
Start date The start date of the project.
End date The end date of the project.
Customer The customer of the project.
Currency The currency of the project.
Allocation rule The allocation rule that applies to the project.
Status The status of the project.
Project revenue and cost (PM40103S) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-revenue-and-cost-pm40103s page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project revenue and cost (PM40103S) This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## The top part
Element Description
View project (button) Opens the Projects (PM301000) window, where you can view the details of a project you select.
From project The ID of the project you want to start your selection from.
To project The ID of the project to you want to end your selection at.
Project manager Use this field to filter projects belonging to a specific project manager.
Customer Use this field to filter projects belonging to a specific customer.
Start date The start date of the project. To change the date, you can either type a specific date into the date field, or select it by using the calendar.
End date The end date of the project. To change the date, you can either type a specific date into the date field, or select it by using the calendar.
Status

The status of the projects that you want to view in the table:

In planning
This status is automatically assigned to any new project with the Hold check box selected and reflects that the project is a draft and not available for selection in data entry windows.
Active
The project can be associated with documents and activities in data entry windows in the modules integrated with the Projects module.
Completed
All tasks for the project have been completed.
Cancelled
Project is stopped before its completion. A cancelled project can be activated again.
Suspended
All activities on the project are suspended. A suspended project can be re-activated or cancelled.
## The table
Element Description
Project ID The ID of the project.
Project name The name of the project.
Budget revenue The budget revenue of the project.
Actual revenue The actual revenue of the project.
Budget cost The budget cost of the project.
Actual cost The actual cost of the project.
Net revenue The net revenue of the project.
Gross margin (%) The gross margin of the project, shown in percentage.
Project tasks (PM302000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-tasks-pm302000 page You can use this window to do the following: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project tasks (PM302000) You can use this window to do the following: This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. + Add new tasks to projects + View and modify the settings of existing project tasks + Delete tasks from projects ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The top part You use the elements in this area to add a new task or to select an existing task and view its details.
Element Description
Project ID The project to which the task is assigned.
Task ID The unique identifier of the task. The structure of this identifier is defined by the PROTASK segmented key, whose configuration is defined in the Segment keys (CS202000) window.
Description A detailed description of the task.
Status

The status of the project task, which can be one of the following:

In planning
Use this status, which is automatically assigned to a new task, if the task is a draft. Tasks with this status are not available for selection in data entry windows.
Active
Select this status when the task is active and should be available for selection in data entry windows.
Completed
Assign this status when the task is completed.
Cancelled
Select this status if task execution has been stopped before task completion. A cancelled task can be activated again.
Default If this check box is selected, the project task has been set as the default.
## The Summary tab This tab includes the general information about the project task. ### The Task properties section
Element Description
Planned start date The date when the task is expected to start.
Planned end date The date when the task is expected to end.
Start date

The actual start date of the task.

When the status of the project task is changed to Active, the system automatically specifies the current business date as the task’s start date.

End date

The actual end date of the task.

When the status of the task is changed to Completed, the system automatically specifies this date as the current business date.

Completion method

The method of calculating the percentage of completion of the task. The following options are available:

Manual
Users manually specify the task completion percentage for each task in the Completed (%) field.
Budgeted quantity
The system automatically calculates the task completion percentage based on the total actual and revised budgeted quantities of the budget lines selected to be used for the calculation.
Budgeted amount
The system automatically calculates the task completion percentage based on the total actual and revised budgeted amounts of the budget lines selected to be used for the calculation. If the original budgets were revised at some point in the task progress for any of the budget lines, the completion percentage is calculated with respect to the revised budget amounts.

For more information, see: About the calculation of task completion percentage

Completed (%)

The actual percentage of task completion, which is determined as follows:

  • If the Manual option is selected in the Completion method field, the percentage is entered manually by a user.
  • If the Budgeted quantity option is selected in the Completion method field, the percentage is calculated automatically as the actual quantity divided by the budgeted quantity for the budget line that has the check box selected in the Production column on the Budget tab.
  • If the Budgeted amount option is selected in the Completion method field, the percentage is calculated automatically as the total actual amount divided by the total budgeted amount for the budget lines that have the check boxes selected in the Production column.

The value is set to 100 once the task is completed.

The completion percentage is used in revenue allocations for the project. For more information, see: About labour and revenue allocation

Approver The employee who is authorised to approve the time activities related to this project task.
Restrict employees A check box that (if selected) indicates that only the employees listed on the Employees tab of this window can create activities and documents associated with the current project task.
### The Invoicing and allocation settings section
Element Description
Invoice separately A check box that indicates (if selected) that the task should be invoiced by a separate invoice.
Customer The customer associated with the task.
Location The customer location associated with the task. This element is available if the Business account locations functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Allocation rule The allocation rule to be used for this project task.
Invoicing rule The rule that the system uses to run invoicing for the task.
Branch The branch of your company with which this task is associated.
Rate table The rate table to be used for this project task.
Invoicing option

The way the task becomes eligible for invoicing. You can select one of the following options:

By invoicing period
The task is available for invoicing on demand for the projects with the On demand invoicing period and is available for invoicing at the end of the invoicing period specified for the project with another invoicing period.
On task completion
The task can be invoiced only when it is completed.
On project completion
The task is available for invoicing when the project is completed.
WIP account group The work-in-progress account group associated with the task.
### The Default values section
Element Description
Default account The account to be used as one of the sources of possible accounts for the invoices and transactions for the task.
Default subaccount The subaccount to be used as one of the sources of possible segment values for subaccounts to be used in the invoices and transactions for the task.
Accrual account The account to be used as an expense accrual account in the transactions that are generated for the task.
Accrual subaccount The subaccount to be used as an expense accrual subaccount in the transactions that are generated for the task.
VAT category The VAT category (if applicable) to be used as the default VAT category for the task.
### The Visibility settings section
Option Description
General ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the General ledger workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in general ledger documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Supplier ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Supplier ledger workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in supplier ledger documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Customer ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Customer ledger workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in customer ledger documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Sales

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Sales workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in sales documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Purchases

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Purchases workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in purchase documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Inventory

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Inventory workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in inventory documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Cash management

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Cash management workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this option, users can select the associated project and task when they enter a document in the Cash management workspace.

Time entries

A check box that indicates whether the transactions in the Time and expenses workspace can be associated with the task based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the project data.

Expenses

A check box that indicates whether transactions from Expense can be associated with the task based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the project data.

## The Recurring invoicing tab On the **Recurring invoicing** tab, you can implement a regular flat-rate invoicing model. An invoicing rule with at least one step is required for the project task to make the system produce an invoice even with a single recurring invoicing line.
Column Description
Non-stock item The non-stock item that designates a service or labour associated with the task.
Description The description of the service or labour associated with the task.
Item fee The flat price for the service or labour.
Account source

The source of the account for the invoicing transactions, which can be one of the following:

Recurring item
The sales account associated with the non-stock item specified for the row
Project
The sales account associated with the project
Task
The sales account specified for the row in the Account column
Customer
The sales account associated with the customer
Subaccount mask

The rule for selecting segment values for the subaccount to be used for recurring invoicing transactions. To set up the rule for selecting segment values, select a segment, press F3, and select a source of the segment value, which is one of the following options:

B
The subaccount associated with the non-stock item specified for the row
P
The subaccount associated with the project
T
The subaccount specified for the row in the Subaccount column
Account The account to be used in the invoicing transaction if the account source is set to Task.
Subaccount The subaccount to be used in the invoicing transaction if the subaccount mask uses T.
Reset usage

The setting that indicates whether the system resets the quantity of the service or labour, which is specified as the Included value, when invoicing is performed. You can select one of the following options:

Never
Visma Net carries over any used amount to the next period.
On invoicing
The system resets the quantity of the service or labour when invoicing is performed. Any unused hours of service in the current period are not carried over to the next period.
Included The quantity of the service or labour that you plan to provide when executing this task.
UoM The unit of measure used for the service or labour.
Used The quantity of the service or labour that was actually provided to the customer when this task was executed. If you select On invoicing as the Reset usage, the value in this column resets to zero each time you run the invoicing procedure.
## The Activity history tab This tab displays the list of activities (including emails and events) associated with the project task.
Element Description
Add task Opens the Task (CR306020) window in a pop-up window so you can create a new task associated with the project.
Add event Opens the Event (CR306030) window in a pop-up window so you can create a new event associated with the project.
Add email Opens the Send (CR306015) window in a pop-up window so you can create and send an email associated with the project.
Add activity

Includes the following menu commands:

Add chat
Opens the Activity (CR306010) window in a pop-up window so you can create a new activity with the Chat type.
Add appointment
Opens the Activity (CR306010) window in a pop-up window so you can create a new activity with the Appointment type.
Add message
Opens the Activity (CR306010) window in a pop-up window so you can create a new activity with the Message type.
Add note
Opens the Activity (CR306010) window in a pop-up window to let you create an activity with the Note type.
Add phone call
Opens the Activity (CR306010) window in a pop-up window so you can create a new activity with the Phone Call type.
Add work item
Opens the Activity (CR306010) window in a pop-up window so you can create a new activity with the Work Item type.

If you added activities to the project task that is in the In planning status, any related transactions cannot be released until the project task status changes to Active.

Type The type of activity: Event, Task, Email, or Activity.
Summary The description provided for the activity. Click the Summary column of a specific activity to open the activity in a separate dialog box.
Status The status of the activity.
Start date The start date and time of the activity.
Category The category of the activity.
Invoiceable A check box indicating whether the time spent on the activity is invoice able.
Time spent The total time spent on the activity.
Overtime The time in excess of normal work hours spent on the activity.
Invoiceable time The number of invoiceable hours spent on the activity.
Invoiceable overtime The number of invoiceable hours spent on the activity in excess of normal work hours.
Work group The work group to which the activity is assigned.
Owner The employee to whom the activity is assigned.
## The Attributes tab On this tab, you can specify attribute values for the project task. The task-related attributes are selected in the [Project attributes (PM202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-attributes-pm202000/) window.
Element Description
Attribute The attribute used for the task.
Required A check box that indicates (if selected) that this attribute is required for the project task.
Value The value of the attribute for the task.
## The Employees tab If the **Restrict employees** check box is selected for the project task on the **Summary** tab of this window, this tab is visible. Only the employees listed here will be able to create activities and documents associated with the current project task, including creating activities on the **Activity history** tab of this window, creating time cards in the [Employee time card (EP305000)](/visma-net-erp/help/time-and-expenses/time-and-expenses-windows/employee-time-card-ep305000/) window, or creating project transactions in the [Project transactions (PM304000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-transactions-pm304000/) window.
Element Description
Employee ID The identifier of the employee assigned to the project task.
Employee name The name of the employee assigned to the project task.
Department The department of the employee.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Project task list (PM40105S) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-task-list-pm40105s page You use the elements in this area to select the project tasks you want to view in the table. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project task list (PM40105S) You use the elements in this area to select the project tasks you want to view in the table. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## The top part You use the elements in this area to select the project tasks you want to view in the table.
Element Description
View project (button) Opens the Projects (PM301000) window, where you can view the details of a project you select.
Type The type of projects you want to view in the table.
From project The ID of the project you want to start your selection from.
To project The ID of the project to you want to end your selection at.
Project manager The project manager of the projects you want view in the table.
Customer The customer connected to the projects you want view in the table.
Start date The start date of the range of projects you want to view.
End date The end date of the range of projects you want to view.
Status The status of the projects that you want to view in the table.
## The table
Column Description
Project ID The ID of the project.
Project name The name of the project.
Task ID The task ID of the project task.
Description The description of the project.
Type The type of the project.
Status The status of the project.
Allocation rule The allocation rule that applies to the project.
Invoicing option The invoicing option applied to the project.
Start date The start date of the project.
End date The end date of the project.
Completed (%) The percentage of the project that has been completed.
Current budget amount The current budget amount of the project.
Actual amount The actual amount of the project.
Expected amount The expected amount of the project.
Actual vs. expected amount % The actual versus the expected amount of the project in %.
Project template tasks (PM208010) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-template-tasks-pm208010 page You can use this window to create tasks for project templates. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project template tasks (PM208010) You can use this window to create tasks for project templates. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You can use this window to create tasks for project templates. If the **Automatically include in project** check box is selected for the template task, it will be included in any created project that uses the associated project template. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The top part You use the elements in this area to add a new template task, or to view the details of an existing template task.
Element Description
Template ID The identifier of the project template to be associated with the task. Select one of the project templates defined in your system.
Task ID The unique identifier of the template task. The structure of this identifier is defined by the PROTASK segmented key, which was configured in the Segment keys (CS202000) window.
Description The description of the template task.
Default If this check box is selected, the project task has been set as the default.
## The Summary tab This tab includes general information about the template task. ### The Task properties section
Element Description
Automatically include in project A check box that (if selected) indicates that the system should include this template task in any project created by using the associated project template.
Completion method

The method of calculating the percentage of completion for tasks based on this task template. The following options are available:

Manual
Users manually specify the task completion percentage for each task in the Completed (%) field.
Budgeted quantity
The system automatically calculates the task completion percentage based on the total actual and revised budgeted quantities of the budget lines selected to be used for the calculation.
Budgeted amount
The system automatically calculates the task completion percentage based on the total actual and revised budgeted amounts of the budget lines selected to be used for the calculation. If the original budgets were revised at some point in the task progress for any of the budget lines, the completion percentage is calculated with respect to the revised budget amounts.

For more information, see: About the calculation of task completion percentage

Approver The employee who is authorised to approve all task activities for tasks based on this task template.
### The Invoicing and allocation settings section
Element Description
Invoice separately A check box that indicates (if selected) that the tasks created based on this template task are being invoiced by a separate invoice.
Allocation rule The rule that Visma Net uses to run allocation for the tasks created based on this template task.
Invoicing rule The rule that Visma Net uses to run invoicing for the tasks created based on this template task.
Branch The branch of your company with which the tasks created based on this template task are associated.
Rate table The rate table to be used for the tasks created based on this template task.
Invoicing option

The way the task becomes eligible for invoicing. You can select one of the following options:

By invoicing period
The task is available for invoicing on demand for the projects with the On demand invoicing period and is available for invoicing at the end of the invoicing period specified for the project with another invoicing period.
On task completion
The task can be invoiced only when it is completed.
On project completion
The task is available for invoicing at the end of the project.
Work un progress account group The work-in-progress account group associated with the tasks created based on this template task.
### The Default values section
Element Description
Default account The account to be used as one of the sources of possible accounts for the invoices and transactions for the task based on this task template.
Default subaccount The subaccount to be used as one of the sources of possible segment values for subaccounts to be used in the invoices and transactions for the task based on this task template.
Accrual account The account to be used as an expense accrual account in transactions generated for the task based on this task template.
Accrual subaccount The subaccount to be used as an expense accrual subaccount in transactions generated for the task based on this task template.
VAT category The VAT category (if applicable) to be used as the default VAT category for the task based on this template task.
### The Visibility settings section
Element Description
General ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the General ledger workspace can be associated with tasks created by using this template task.

With this check box selected, users can select the task in general ledger documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the project data.

Supplier ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Supplier ledger workspace can be associated with tasks created by using this template task.

With this check box selected, users can select the task in supplier ledger documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the project data.

Customer ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Customer ledger workspace can be associated with tasks created by using this template task.

With this check box selected, users can select the task in customer ledger documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the project data.

Sales

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Sales workspace can be associated with tasks created by using this template task.

With this check box selected, users can select the task in sales documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the project data.

Purchases

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Purchases workspace can be associated with tasks created by using this template task.

With this check box selected, users can select the task in purchase documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the project data.

Inventory

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Inventory workspace can be associated with tasks created by using this template task.

With this check box selected, users can select the task in inventory documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the project data.

Cash management

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Cash management workspace can be associated with tasks created by using this template task.

With this check box selected, users can select the task in cash management, and the release of these documents automatically updates the project data.

Time entries

A check box that indicates whether the transactions of the Employee time card (EP305000) and Employee time activities (EP307000) windows (in the Time and expenses s workspace) can be associated with the task based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the task in documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the task data.

Expenses

A check box that indicates whether transactions from Expense can be associated with the task based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the project data.

## The Recurring invoicing tab By using the **Recurring invoicing** tab, you can implement a regular flat-rate invoicing model. For instance: You can use this tab in the following scenario. Suppose that the project task stipulates that you provide 100 hours of service to a customer for a flat rate of €500 on monthly basis. When you run invoicing for the project, €500 is automatically invoiced to the customer's account, while any extra hours (beyond 100 hours) are charged at a rate based on your invoicing rules.
Column Description
Non-stock item The non-stock item that designates the service or labour that is associated with the task created by using this template task.
Description The description of the service or labour that is associated with the task created by using this template task.
Item fee The flat price for the service or labour.
Account source

The source of the account for the invoicing transactions, which can be one of the following:

Recurring item
The sales account associated with the non-stock item specified for the row
Project
The sales account associated with the project
Task
The sales account specified for the row in the Account column
Customer
The sales account associated with the customer
Subaccount mask

The rule for selecting segment values for the subaccount to be used for recurring invoicing transactions. To set up the rule for selecting segment values, select a segment, press F3, and select a source of the segment value, which is one of the following options:

B
The subaccount associated with the non-stock item specified for the row
P
The subaccount associated with the project
T
The subaccount specified for the row in the Subaccount column
Account The account to be used in the invoicing transaction if the account source is set to Task.
Subaccount The subaccount to be used in the invoicing transaction if the subaccount mask uses T.
Reset usage

The setting that indicates whether the system resets the quantity of the service or labour, which is specified as the Included value, when invoicing is performed. You can select one of the following options:

Never
Visma Net carries over any used amount to the next period.
On invoicing
The system resets the quantity of the service or labour when invoicing is performed. Any unused hours of service in the current period are not carried over to the next period.
Included

The quantity of the service or labour that is included in invoicing period.

If the quantity of service or labour provided to customer exceeds this value for the current invoicing period, all extra quantity is charged at the regular rate.

UoM The unit of measure used for the service or labour.
## The Attributes tab By using the **Attributes** tab, you can specify attributes for this template task. The attributes on this tab are those with the **Task** type in the [Project attributes (PM202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-attributes-pm202000/) window.
Column Description
Attribute The attribute ID.
Required A check box that you select to indicate that this is a mandatory attribute.
Value The value of the attribute for this template task.
Project templates (PM208000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-templates-pm208000 page In this window, you can add, view, modify, and delete project templates. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project templates (PM208000) In this window, you can add, view, modify, and delete project templates. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The top part You use the elements in this area to add a new project template, or to select an existing project template and view its details.
Element Description
Template ID

The unique identifier for the project template.

The structure of this identifier is defined by the PROJECT segmented key, which was configured using the Segment keys (CS202000) window.

Status

The status of the project template. You can select one of the following options:

Active
The project template is active and can be used for creating projects.
On hold
The template is inactive and cannot be used to create projects.
Description A detailed description of the template.
## The Summary tab You use this tab to provide details for the project template. ### Project properties section
Element Description
Revenue budget level

The detail level of the revenue budget for the projects created by using this template: options:

Task
The project revenue is budgeted at the task level.
Task and item
The project revenue is budgeted at the task ( Task ID ) and item ( Stock ID ) level. The option is not available if the Cost code functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Project manager The person who is responsible for managing the project and authorised to approve the project task and task activities (for projects based on this template).
Restrict employees A check box that you select to allow time cards to be associated with the current project only if the employee is listed on the Employees tab.
Webhook notifications A check box which (if selected) indicates that the system will send a notification when a project is created or updated. An update can consist of changes made to the following tabs: Summary, Employee, Tasks.
### Invoicing and allocation settings section
Element Description
Invoicing period

The frequency of invoicing in the projects based on this template, which can be one of the following options:

Week
Invoicing occurs once a week.
Month
Invoicing occurs once a month.
Quarter
Invoicing occurs once a quarter.
Year
Invoicing occurs once a year.
On Demand
Invoicing is performed when it is needed.
Terms

The type of credit terms used for invoices of the project created based on this template.

Credit terms are defined in the Credit terms (CS206500) window.

Allocation rule The rule that Visma Net uses to run the allocation of transactions for the projects created using this template.
Run allocation on release of project transactions A check box that indicates (if selected) that allocation is run automatically during the release of the documents associated with the project.
Invoicing rule The rule that Visma Net uses to run invoicing for the projects created by using this template.
Branch The branch of your company with which the projects created by using this template will be associated.
Rate table The rate table to be used for pricing.
Create pro forma at the time of invoicing A check box that indicates (if selected) that pro forma invoices are created automatically when you run project invoicing for the projects created based on this template.
Use the revenue budget limits for the time and material A check box that indicates (if selected) that the system will validate the limits of the revenue budget when you process pro forma invoices for the projects created based on this template.
Automatically release customer documents A check box that indicates whether the system will automatically release invoice documents after invoicing is complete in Projects for the projects based on this template.
### Visibility settings section
Option Description
General ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the General ledger workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in general ledger documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Supplier ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Supplier ledger workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in supplier ledger documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Customer ledger

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Customer ledger workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in customer ledger documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Sales

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Sales workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in sales documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Purchases

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Purchases workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in purchase documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Inventory

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Inventory workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in inventory documents, and the release of these documents will automatically update the project data.

Cash management

A check box that indicates whether transactions in the Cash management workspace can be associated with the project based on this template.

If you select this option, users can select the associated project and task when they enter a document in the Cash management workspace.

Time entries

A check box that indicates whether the transactions in the Time and expenses workspace can be associated with the task based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the project data.

Expenses

A check box that indicates whether transactions from Expense can be associated with the task based on this template.

If you select this check box, users can select the project in documents, and the release of these documents automatically updates the project data.

## The Tasks tab You use the **Tasks** tab to view, add, modify, and delete the tasks that are typical for the projects you will create by using this template.
Column Description
Set as default Use this button to set a project task as the default for a project.
Task ID The task template associated with the project template.
Description The description of the task.
Rate table The rate table to be used for pricing.
Allocation rule The rule that is used to run allocation for the task.
Invoicing rule The invoicing rule that is used to run invoicing for this project.
Invoicing option The option that defines how the project task should be invoiced, which can be one of the following options: By invoicing period, On task completion, or On project completion.
VAT category The VAT category (if applicable) of the task.
Default This check box is automatically selected on the active line, when you click the Set as default button on the top part of the table.
## The Revenue budget tab This tab lists the revenues that are typical for the projects you will create by using this template.
Button Description
Project task A template task of the project template.
Item ID

A stock or non-stock item that is used for the time and material project invoicing. By default, the system populates this box with the empty item code (N/A), which is defined in the Empty item code field in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

The column is shown if Task and item is selected as the Revenue budget level on the Summary tab of the template project.

Cost code

The cost code that is associated with a revenue budget line. You can change the cost code value for each revenue line.

The column is shown if Task and cost code is selected as the Revenue budget level on the Summary tab of the window for the project.

Account group The income account group of the revenue budget line.
Description The description of the revenue budget line.
Budgeted quantity The budgeted quantity of the revenue budget line.
UoM

The unit of measure of the revenue budget line. If an stock item is selected in the Item ID column, the UoM is automatically selected as the base unit of measure of this stock item and can be changed to another UoM available for the item.

The base unit of measure of the empty item code ( N/A ) is HOUR.

Unit rate The price of the specified unit of the revenue budget line.
Budgeted amount

The budgeted amount of the revenue budget line.

For the Budgeted quantity, UoM, and Unit rate specified for the line, the amount is calculated as Budgeted amount = Budgeted quantity * Unit rate.

VAT category The VAT category (if applied) for the revenue budget line.
## The Cost budget tab This tab lists the costs that are typical for the projects you will create by using this template.
Button Description
Project task A template task of the project template.
Item ID

The stock or non-stock item that is associated with the cost budget line.

The column is shown if Task and item is selected as the Revenue budget level on the Summary tab of the window for the project.

Cost code

The cost code that is associated with the cost budget line.

You can change the cost code value for each line.

The column is shown if Task and cost code is selected as the Revenue budget level on the Summary tab of the window for the project.

Account group The account group to which the corresponding expense account is mapped.
Description The description of the cost budget line.
UoM

The unit of measure of the cost budget line.

If an stock item is selected in the Item ID column, the UoM is automatically selected as the base unit of measure of this stock item and can be changed by another UoM available for the item.

If the item is not specified ( N/A ), any existing UoM can be selected.

Unit rate The price of the specified unit of the cost budget line.
Budgeted quantity The budgeted quantity of the cost budget line.
Budgeted amount

The budgeted amount of the cost budget line.

For the Budgeted quantity, UoM, and Unit rate specified for the line, the amount is calculated as Budgeted amount = Budgeted quantity * Unit rate.

Auto completed (%) A check box that indicates (if selected) that the system automatically updates the Completed (%) percentage of the work on the tasks.
Revenue task The task by which the revenue budget is specified for the cost budget line.
Revenue item

The item by which the revenue budget is specified for the cost budget line.

The column is shown if Time and item is selected as the Revenue budget level on the Summary tab of the project template.

## The Employees tab By using the **Employees** tab, you can view, add, modify, and delete the employees for the projects you will create by using this template.
Element Description
Employee ID The identifier of the employee who will be assigned to the project created by using this template.
Employee name The name of the employee who will be assigned to any project created by using this project template.
Department The department of the employee who will be assigned to the project created by using this template.
Earning type The earning type that determines how the labour of this employee is costed in projects based on this template. You can create a new earning type by using the Type of hours (EP102000) window.
Description The description of the earning type.
Labour item The labour-type non-stock item used to account for the labour effort of the employee in projects based on this template.
Default price The price associated with the labour item by default.
## The General ledger accounts tab On this tab, you can select general ledger accounts that the system uses if the projects based on this template are selected as the source of a particular account. ### Default values section
Element Description
Default account The sales account to be used as one of the sources of possible accounts for the invoices and transactions for projects based on this template.
Default subaccount The sales subaccount to be used as one of the sources of possible segment values for subaccounts to be used in the invoices and transactions for projects based on this template.
Accrual account The optional account to be used as the debit account (instead of the expense accrual account associated with the Labour non-stock item) in transactions generated based on time cards for projects based on this template.
Accrual subaccount The subaccount to be used as the debit subaccount (instead of the expense accrual subaccount associated with the labour non-stock item) in transactions generated based on time cards for projects based on this template.
### The Default task for General ledger account table This tab is used to map the accounts that may appear in the transactions automatically added to the transactions generated by the system for specific documents related to the projects based on this template, for instance, the system can add a freight transaction for a sales invoice. When users will be creating documents associated with the projects based on this template, they will specify project tasks for each transaction, but for transactions automatically added by the system later, there will be no association with projects, and this may cause an error. You should provide mapping for the accounts that may be used in the transactions automatically added by the system.
Column Description
Account The general ledger account that may appear in a transaction automatically added by the system to the documents associated with the projects based on this template.
Default task The task to be associated with the account that may appear in a transaction automatically generated by Visma Net.
## The Attributes tab On the **Attributes** tab, you can view, add, change, or delete attribute values for the projects based on this template. The project-related attributes are created and edited in the [Project attributes (PM202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-attributes-pm202000/) window.
Column Description
Attribute The attribute used for the project template.
Required A check box that indicates (if selected) that this attribute is required for the project template.
Value

The value of the attribute for the project template.

This value will be used as the default value of the attribute of projects based on this template, but it can be overridden.

## The Mailing settings tab The **Mailing settings** tab contains the list of predefined mailings that can be used for printing and electronically (by email) sending the customer pro forma invoices and other documents related to the projects you will create by using this template. When a new project template is created, the system copies to the project template all the default mailing settings from the **Mailing settings** tab of the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window. You can override these default settings. ### The Mailing table You use this table to view and modify the list of active mailings that can be used to send emails to the customer. For each mailing, you can select either a report or a email template to be used by default as the body of the email.
Column Description
Mailing ID The unique identifier of the mailing.
Branch The branch of your company with which this mailing is associated.
Email account The email account to be used for sending emails for this mailing. If no account is specified, the default email account, which is defined in the Email preferences (SM204001) window, will be used.
Report The report of the Projects module to be used by default for printing and also as the body or attachment of the email, if a report is used rather than an email template.
Notification template The email template, which is defined in the Notification templates (SM204003) window, to be used by default to generate personalized emails for this mailing, if a template is used rather than a report.
Format

The format in which the report (if applicable) will be sent by default if no preferences have been specified for a particular recipient in the Customers (AR303000) window (for customer contacts).

Select one of the following options: HTML, Excel, or PDF.

Active A check box that indicates (if selected) that this mailing is active. Emails will be generated only for active mailings. For the PROFORMA mailing, you cannot clear this check box.
### The Recipients table You use this table to view and modify the list of default types of recipients for the selected mailing.
Column Description
Contact type

The type of contact to receive emails:

Primary
A primary contact of the customer
Employee
An employee of your company who handles documents of the project
Contact ID

The specific contact.

A particular recipient can be selected only if you have selected Employee or Contact as the Contact type. The employee or contact, if one is selected, will receive the emails of the customer.

Format

The format in which the report (if applicable) will be sent to recipients of this type.

Select one of the following options: HTML, Excel, or PDF.

Active

A check box that indicates (if selected) that the contact of this type is active.

Only active recipients receive the emails generated for this mailing.

Bcc A check box that indicates (if selected) that the contact of this type will receive a blind carbon copy (BCC) of the emails.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Project transactions (PM304000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-transactions-pm304000 page By using this window, you can view particular transactions associated with projects, review all the transaction details, and release the transaction or reverse the allocation that generated this transaction. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project transactions (PM304000) By using this window, you can view particular transactions associated with projects, review all the transaction details, and release the transaction or reverse the allocation that generated this transaction. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. By using this window, you can view particular transactions associated with projects, review all the transaction details, and release the transaction or reverse the allocation that generated this transaction. Also, you can use this window to create new simple transactions, for instance, when you are testing new allocation rules. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The window toolbar
Element Description
Release Releases the currently selected transaction.
Reverse allocation Creates a new transaction that reverses (offsets) the currently selected transaction.
## The top part You use the elements in this area, described in the following table, to create a new transaction or select an existing transaction for viewing its details.
Element Description
Workspace

The workspace where the transactions have originated.

Select a workspace from the drop-down list, which includes Projects and all the workspaces for which the visibility option is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Ref. no. The reference number of the transaction, which the system automatically assigns by using the number series specified in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.
Status

The transaction status. The following statuses are possible:

Balanced
The transaction is fully balanced and available for release.
Released
The transaction has been released.
Description The description provided for the transaction.
Total quantity The total quantity of items in the transactions listed in the table.
Total invoiceable quantity The total invoiceable quantity for the transactions listed in the table.
Total amount The total amount for the transactions listed in the table.
## The table By using this table, you can provide details for a new transaction or view the details of an existing transaction.
Element Description
Branch The branch in which the transaction was created.
Project The project associated with the transaction.
Project task The project task associated with the transaction.
Cost code

The cost code associated with the transaction.

The column is available if the Cost code functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Account group The account group of the debit account of the transaction.
Employee The employee associated with the transaction, such as the employee who worked on the project for the customer.
Customer/supplier The name of the supplier (if the transaction originated in the Supplier ledger workspace) or customer (if the transaction originated in another workspace).
Location

The location of the customer or supplier.

This column is available only if the Business account locations functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Item ID

The identifier of the item associated with the transaction.

The item is the source of the expense accounts used for posting the transaction.

Description The description provided for the transaction.
UoM The unit of measure used to estimate the quantity for the transaction, such as HOUR or BOX.
Quantity The quantity for the transaction, such as the number of service hours provided to the customer.
Invoiceable A check box indicating whether the transaction is used in calculating the amount charged to the customer for the project task.
Invoiceable quantity

The quantity that is used for invoicing the customer.

For instance: You can invoice the customer based on the hours of service you have provided to the customer.

Unit rate

The price of the item or the rate of the service.

In the case of a labour item, the employee’s hourly rate is used as the unit rate.

Amount The amount of the transaction.
Debit account For released transactions, the account the transaction debited when it was released; for unreleased transactions, the account the transaction debits if it is released (mainly for the transactions that originate in the Projects workspace).
Debit subaccount For released transactions, the subaccount the transaction debited when it was released; for unreleased transactions, the subaccount the transaction debits if it is released.
Credit account For released transactions, the account the transaction credited when it was released; for unreleased transactions, the account the transaction credits if it is released.
Credit subaccount For released transactions, the subaccount the transaction credited when it was released; for unreleased transactions, the subaccount the transaction credits if it is released.
Date The date when the transaction was created.
Fin. period The financial period associated with the transaction.
Batch no. The batch number of the transaction in the General ledger workspace.
Earning type The earning type specified for the transaction to calculate the labour cost.
Multiplier The multiplier by which the unit rate is multiplied when the labour cost is calculated. The multiplier can differ from 1 only for earning types marked as overtime.
Use the quantity that can be invoiced in amount formula A check box that you select if you want the system to use the invoiceable quantity (the Invoiceable quantity column) instead of the overall quantity (the Quantity column) of the transaction when calculating the amount of transaction.
Allocated A check box that indicates whether the amounts of the transactions were allocated for the project. The transaction amount is allocated if this check box is selected; otherwise, the transaction amount is not allocated.
Released A check box indicating whether the transaction has been released.

Related pages

Tasks

Project transactions - overview (PM401000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-transactions-overview-pm401000 page In this window, you can view the list of transactions associated with a particular project. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project transactions - overview (PM401000) In this window, you can view the list of transactions associated with a particular project. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. In this window, you can view the list of transactions associated with a particular project. You can filter the list of transactions by using selection criteria. The table list includes two types of transactions associated with the project: + Transactions that have not yet been released in the Projects module. + Transactions that have been released in all modules. ## The top part You use the elements in this area to select transactions for display in the table.
Element Description
Project The identifier of the project whose transactions you want to view.
Account group The account group for which you want to view transactions. If you want to see transactions associated with all account groups, leave this field blank.
Project task The project task for which you want to view transactions. If you want to see transactions associated with all tasks, leave this field blank.
Cost code

The cost code for which you want to view transactions. If you want to see transactions associated with all cost codes, leave this field blank.

The field is available if the Cost code functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

Item ID The stock item for which you want to view transactions. If you want to see transactions associated with all items, leave this field blank.
From The starting date of the range for which you want to view transactions. If you want to see transactions for all dates, leave this field (and To ) blank.
To The ending date of the range for which you want to view transactions. If you want to see transactions for all dates, leave this field (and From ) blank.
Employee The employee for which you want to view transactions. If you want to see transactions associated with all employees, leave this field blank.
Show only allocation A check box that you select to view only allocation transactions; any source transactions are not listed in the table. If you clear this check box, the table displays all transactions, including source transactions and allocation transactions.
## The table In the table, you can view the transactions that meet your selection criteria. This list includes two types of transactions associated with the project: + Transactions created and not yet released in the Projects module + Transactions released in all workspaces
Element Description
Branch The branch in which the transaction was created.
Workspace The workspace where this transaction was created or released.
Ref. no. The identifier of the transaction in Visma Net.
Project task The project task associated with the transaction.
Date The date the transaction was created.
Description The detailed description provided for the transaction.
Item ID The identifier of the stock or non-stock item associated with the transaction.
Cost code

The identifier of the cost code associated with the transaction.

The column is available if the Cost code functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.

UoM The unit of measure used for the transaction, such as HOUR or BOX.
Quantity The quantity for the transaction, such as the number of service hours provided to the customer.
Invoiceable When this check box is selected, the transaction is used to calculate the amount that will be charged to the customer. If this check box is not selected, the transaction does not affect the invoicing for the project.
Invoiceable quantity The quantity that is used for invoicing the customer. For instance, you can invoice the customer based on the hours of service that your employees have provided to the customer.
Unit rate The price of the item or the rate of the service.
Amount (reversed) The amount of the transaction with the sign reversed (incomes and liabilities).
Amount (normal) The amount of the transaction with the positive sign (expenses and assets).
Customer/supplier The name of the supplier (if the transaction originated in the Supplier ledger workspace) or customer (if the transaction originated in another workspace).
Employee The employee associated with the transaction, such as the employee who provided the labour or service to the customer.
Debit account group The account group of the account to be debited in this transaction.
Debit account For a released transaction, the account the transaction debited when it was released, and for an unreleased transaction, the account the transaction will debit if it is released.
Debit subaccount For a released transaction, the subaccount the transaction debited when it was released, and for an unreleased transaction, the subaccount the transaction will debit if it is released.
Credit account group The account group of the account to be credited in this transaction.
Credit account For a released transaction, the account the transaction credited when it was released, and for an unreleased transaction, the account the transaction will credit when it is released.
Credit subaccount For a released transaction, the subaccount the transaction credited when it was released, and for an unreleased transaction, the subaccount the transaction will credit if it is released.
Batch no. The reference number of the batch generated for the transaction in the General ledger workspace.
Earning type The earning time specified for the transaction to calculate the labour cost.
Multiplier The multiplier to be used with the earning time to calculate the labour cost.
Released When this check box is selected, the transaction has been released. If the check box is cleared, the transaction has not been released.
Allocated When this check box is selected, the transaction has been allocated as either an underlying (source) transaction or an allocation transaction. If this check box is cleared, no allocation transaction has been yet generated for the transaction.
Allocation ref. number The reference number of the allocation performed for the transaction.
Invoiced When this check box is selected, the invoicing transactions have been already generated for this transaction. If this check box is cleared, this transaction did not yet spawn invoicing transactions.
Orig. doc. type The type of the document that generated the transaction.
Orig. doc. no. The number of the document that generated the transaction when releasing it.
Invoice ref. number The reference number of the invoice generated when the transaction was used in invoicing.

Related pages

Tasks

Rate lookup rules (PM205000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-lookup-rules-pm205000 page By using this window, you can specify the sequences in which the system will search for rates in rate tables, as well as the factors that affect rate selection for each series. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Rate lookup rules (PM205000) By using this window, you can specify the sequences in which the system will search for rates in rate tables, as well as the factors that affect rate selection for each series. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. For information about how to create rate lookup rules, see: [Create rate lookup rules](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects/create-rate-lookup-rules/) ## The top part You use the elements in this area to select a rate table and a specific rate type. You can then view or modify the sequences for the rate table when used with this rate type.
Element Description
Rate table The rate table for which you want to view or specify sequences.
Rate type

The rate type for which you want to view or specify sequences.

By using these rate types, you can use different rates in different steps of allocation rules.

## The table In this table, you can create sequences that the system will use to find the rate in the rate table.
Column Description
View rates This button opens the Rate table maintenance (PM206000) window, where you can view and modify the rate for the selected sequence.
Sequence The sequence number. This number is automatically generated by the system, but you can change it manually. by clicking the arrow next to it.
Description A description of the sequence.
Project A check box that you use to indicate whether the project is a factor that affects rate selection.
Project task A check box that you use to indicate whether the project task is a factor that affects rate selection.
Account group A check box that you use to indicate whether the account group is a factor that affects rate selection.
Item A check box that you use to indicate whether the item is a factor that affects rate selection.
Employee A check box that you use to indicate whether the employee is a factor that affects rate selection.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Rate types (PM204100) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-types-pm204100 page You use this window to add, view, edit, and delete the rate types that can be used in allocation rules. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Rate types (PM204100) You use this window to add, view, edit, and delete the rate types that can be used in allocation rules. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You use this window to add, view, edit, and delete the rate types that can be used in allocation rules. Rate types define how rates should be selected for specific steps of the allocation rules. For more information about how to create rate types, see: [Create rate types](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects/create-rate-types/) ## The table
Column Description
Rate type The unique ID for the rate type, an alphanumeric string of up to 10 characters.
Description A more detailed description of the rate type. An alphanumeric string of up to 50 characters.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Rate tables (PM204200) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-tables-pm204200 page You use this window to add new blank rate tables that can be used in projects for building pricing models. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Rate tables (PM204200) You use this window to add new blank rate tables that can be used in projects for building pricing models. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. For more information about rate tables, see: [About rate tables](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects/about-rate-tables/) ## The table
Column Description
Rate table The unique identifier for the rate table, an alphanumeric string of up to 10 characters.
Description A more detailed description of the rate table. An alphanumeric string of up to 50 characters.

Related pages

Concepts

Rate table maintenance (PM206000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-table-maintenance-pm206000 page You use this window to specify rates for different sequences of rate tables. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Rate table maintenance (PM206000) You use this window to specify rates for different sequences of rate tables. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. For information about how to configure a rate table, see: [Configure a rate table](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects/configure-a-rate-table/) For information about how to specify rates for rate tables, see: [Specify rates for rate tables](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-pricing-in-projects/specify-rates-for-rate-tables/) ## The top part In this area, you can select a rate table, its sequence, and the applicable price class, so that you can specify particular rates on the **Rate** tab.
Element Description
Rate table The rate table, which is created in the Rate tables (PM204200) window and is configured on the current window.
Rate type The rate type for which you want to view (and possibly change) rates. The rate types, which are defined in the Rate types (PM204100) window, are associated with particular steps of the allocation rules.
Sequence The sequence of the rate table for which you want to view (and possibly change) rates. Sequences are created in the Rate lookup rules (PM205000) window.
Rate code

The rate code for which you want to define rates. You can create a new rate code by typing its identifier in this box (an alphanumeric string of up to 10 characters can be used).

By using multiple rate codes with one sequence, you can specify for this sequence as many different rates (for different sets of particular factors defined by the sequence) as there are rate codes instead of creating a long list of similar sequences. For instance: suppose that you want to use different rates for three projects.

Description The description of the rate code.
## The Rate tab On the **Rate** tab, you can specify the specific rates to be used to calculate amounts to be invoiced, as well as the date ranges they are effective. You can specify multiple date ranges for a single rate.
Element Description
Start date The start date of the range when the rate is valid.
End date The end date of the range when the rate is valid.
Rate The value of the rate for the selected sequence, rate code, and price class. When you run allocations, this value is assigned to the @Rate variable, which you can use in formulas to calculate the allocation amount, quantity, and other values. The value can be used as a multiplier, a constant, or an addend.
## The Projects tab You can use the **Projects** tab to specify the projects for which the particular rate value is applied. This tab appears only if the sequence includes the project as a factor; the types of factors are specified in the [Rate lookup rules (PM205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-lookup-rules-pm205000/) window. The rate application condition is defined as follows: Conditions on particular projects, particular items, particular employees, or particular account groups are joined by OR operators, while conditions on different types of factors are joined by AND operators. For instance, a special rate is valid for tasks 1, 2, and 3 of Project 1 and Project 2 if employees JOHN or JACK are involved. The resulting condition is expressed as follows: `((Project=Project1) OR (Project=Project2))AND`
Element Description
Project The project for which you want to apply the rate specified on the Rate tab.
Description The description of the project, as specified in the project settings.
## The Tasks tab
Element Description
Project task The task for which you want to apply the rate specified on the Rate tab.
Description The description of the project task.
## The Account groups tab By using the **Account groups** tab, you specify the account groups for which the particular rate value is applied. This tab appears only if the sequence includes the account group as a rate factor; rate factors are specified in the [Rate lookup rules (PM205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-lookup-rules-pm205000/) window.
Element Description
Account group The account group for which you want to apply the rate specified on the Rate tab.
Description The description of the account group, as specified in the account group settings.
## The Inventory tab You can use the **Inventory** tab to specify the items for which the particular rate value is applied. This tab appears only if the sequence includes the item as a rate factor; rate factors are specified in the [Rate lookup rules (PM205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-lookup-rules-pm205000/) window.
Element Description
Item ID The item for which you want to apply the rate specified on the Rate tab.
Description The description of the item, as specified in the item settings.
## The Employee tab You can use the **Employee** tab to specify the employees for which the particular rate value is applied. This tab appears only if the sequence includes the employee as a rate factor; rate factors are specified by using the [Rate lookup rules (PM205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/rate-lookup-rules-pm205000/) window.
Element Description
Employee ID The employee for which you want to apply the rate specified on the Rate tab.
Employee name The name of the employee, as specified in the employee account.

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

Restriction groups by project (PM102010) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/restriction-groups-by-project-pm102010 page In this window, you can view the restriction groups that contain a particular project. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Restriction groups by project (PM102010) In this window, you can view the restriction groups that contain a particular project. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. In this window, you can view the restriction groups that contain a particular project. You can also change the visibility of the project in the system by including it in other restriction groups or excluding it from restriction groups that currently contain it. You can create restriction groups for managing the visibility of projects by using the [Project access (PM102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-access-pm102000/) window. For more information about restriction groups, see: [About restriction groups in Visma Net](/visma-net-erp/help/access-management/row-level-security/about-restriction-groups-in-visma-net-erp/) ## The top part In this area, you can select the project for which you want to view or edit its membership in restriction groups. You can also view additional information about the selected project.
Element Description
Project ID The project for which you want to view (and possibly edit) related restriction groups.
Status Read-only. The status of the selected project.
Customer Read-only. The customer for the selected project, if the project is external. For an internal project, this field is empty.
Template Read-only. The template used for creating the selected project, if applicable.
Description Read-only. The description of the selected project.
## The table In this table, you can view the full list of restriction groups in the system, along with basic information about each group. The check box in the unlabeled **Included** column is selected for each group that contains the selected project. You can select and clear these check boxes to change the membership of the project in restriction groups.
Column Description
Group name Read-only. The name of the restriction group.
Description Read-only. The description of the restriction group.
Active Read-only. A check box that indicates (if selected) that the restriction group is active.
Group type Read-only. The type of the restriction group: A, A inverse, B, or B inverse. For more information, see: About types of restriction groups
Release transactions (PM501000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/release-transactions-pm501000 page By using this window, you can release transactions that are ready to be released ( Balanced ). 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Release transactions (PM501000) By using this window, you can release transactions that are ready to be released ( Balanced ). This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. The system automatically posts the transactions if the **Automatically post on release** check box is selected in the [Project accounting preferences (PM101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/project-accounting-preferences-pm101000/) window. ## The window toolbar
Element Description
Release

Releases the Projects transactions that you have selected.

The transactions are immediately posted on release if the Automatically post on release check box is selected in the Project accounting preferences (PM101000) window.

Release all

Releases all the project transactions available on the list.

The transactions may be posted on release, depending on the Automatically post on release setting.

## The table This table displays the transactions available for release.
Element Description
Ref. no. The identifier of the transaction, which was automatically assigned when the transaction was generated.
Transaction date The date when the transaction was created.
Description The description of the transaction.

Related pages

Tasks

Reverse non-invoiced transactions (PM505000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/reverse-non-invoiced-transactions-pm505000 page By using this window, you can reverse transactions that have been allocated but not yet invoiced. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Reverse non-invoiced transactions (PM505000) By using this window, you can reverse transactions that have been allocated but not yet invoiced. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## The window toolbar
Element Description
Process Reverses the not yet invoiced transactions you have selected in the table.
Process all Reverses all not yet invoiced transactions listed in the table.
## The top part By making selections in this part, you can narrow the range of transactions displayed in the table below.
Element Description
Allocation rule

The allocation rule for which not yet invoiced transactions will be listed, which you select from the list of available rules.

If you do not select any value, the list in the table includes the transactions for all allocation rules.

Customer class

The customer class for which not yet invoiced transactions will be listed.

Select a customer class to include in the table only the not yet invoiced transactions associated with the selected class.

Customer

The customer for which not yet invoiced transactions will be listed.

Select a customer to include in the table only the not yet invoiced transactions associated with this customer.

Employee The employee for which not yet invoiced transactions will be listed. Select an employee to include in the table only the not yet invoiced transactions associated with the selected employee.
Project

The project for which not yet invoiced transactions will be listed.

Select a project to include in the table only the not yet invoiced transactions associated with this project.

Project task

The project task for which not yet invoiced transactions will be listed.

Select a project task to include in the table only the not yet invoiced transactions associated with the selected project task.

Item ID

The item ID for which not yet invoiced transactions will be listed.

Select the identifier of a stock or non-stock item to include in the table only the not yet invoiced transactions associated with this stock item.

From

The starting date of the date range for which not yet invoiced transactions will be included in the table.

If you do not select this date, the table will include not yet invoiced transactions starting from the first not yet invoiced transaction available in the system.

To

The ending date of the date range for which not yet invoiced transactions will be included in the table.

If you do not select this date, the table will include not yet invoiced transactions until the last not yet invoiced transaction available in the system.

If you specify neither a From date nor a To date, the table includes all not yet invoiced transactions available in the system.

## The table The table lists the not yet invoiced transactions that match the criteria you have specified in the top part.
Element Description
Ref. no. The identifier of the transaction in Visma Net.
Date The date the transaction was created.
Period The financial period associated with the transaction.
Project The project associated with the transaction.
Project task The project task associated with the transaction.
Customer class The customer class associated with the transaction.
Customer The number of the customer associated with the transaction.
Customer name The name of the customer.
Employee The detailed description provided for the transaction.
Item ID The identifier of the stock or non-stock item associated with the transaction.
Description The description provided for the transaction.
UoM The unit of measure used for the transaction, such as ITEM or BOX.
Quantity The quantity for the transaction, such as the number of service hours provided to the customer.
Invoiceable

A check box that indicates whether the transaction is intended for charging any amounts to the customer.

If this check box is not selected, the transaction does not affect the invoicing for the project.

Qty. that can be invoiced

The quantity that is used for invoicing the customer.

For instance: You can invoice the customer based on the hours of service you provided to the customer.

Unit rate The price of the item or rate of the service.
Amount The amount of the transaction.
Invoicing rule The invoicing rule associated with the transaction.
Branch The branch in which the transaction was created.
Type of hour The type of hour specified for the transaction to calculate the labour cost.
Multiplier The multiplier to be used with the earning time to calculate the labour cost.

Related pages

Tasks

Run allocations by project (PM502500) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/run-allocations-by-project-pm502500 page By using this window, you can process all allocations in the Projects workspace or only selected ones. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Run allocations by project (PM502500) By using this window, you can process all allocations in the Projects workspace or only selected ones. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. By using this window, you can process all allocations in the Projects workspace or only selected ones. For more information on how to do this, see: [Run allocations by project](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/run-allocations-by-project/) ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Allocate Processes the project tasks you have selected and performs allocation of transaction amounts.
Allocate all Processes all listed project tasks and performs allocation of transaction amounts.
## The top part You can use the elements in this part to filter the project tasks for which you might want to run the allocation procedure.
Element Description
Allocation rule The rule for which you want to view projects. If you do not select any value here, the list in the table will include the project tasks for all allocation rules.
Project The project whose tasks you want to view. If you do not select any value here, the list in the table will include all the active projects.
Customer class The customer class for which you want to display data. If you select a value here, the list in the table will include only the active projects for the selected customer class.
Customer The customer for which you want to display data. If you select a value here, the list in the table will include only the active projects for the selected customer.
Posting date The date to assign all the allocation transactions that will be generated when running the allocation procedure.
From

The start date of the date range for which you want to allocate transactions.

The system will allocate only transactions from the date range specified in the Date range restrictions section.

If you do not select any value here, Visma Net will allocate transactions starting with the oldest allocation transaction in the system.

To

The end date of the date range for which you want to allocate transactions.

The system will allocate only transactions from the date range specified in the Date range restrictions section.

If you do not select any value here, Visma Net will allocate transactions up to the last allocation transaction in the system.

## The table The table contains the list of projects matching the criteria you have specified in the top part.
Column Description
Project ID The identifier of the project.
Description The description of the project.
Allocation rule The invoicing rule associated with the project to be used to generate invoices.
Customer The number of the customer associated with the project.
Customer name The name of the customer associated with the project.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Run allocations by task (PM502000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/run-allocations-by-task-pm502000 page By using this window, you can process all allocations in the Projects workspaces or only selected ones. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Run allocations by task (PM502000) By using this window, you can process all allocations in the Projects workspaces or only selected ones. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. For more information about how to do this, see: [Run allocations by task](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/run-allocations-by-task/) ## The window toolbar
Element Description
Allocate Processes the project tasks you have selected and performs allocation of transaction amounts.
Allocate all Processes all listed project tasks and performs allocation of transaction amounts.
## The top part You can use the elements in this part to filter the project tasks for which you want to run the allocation procedure.
Element Description
Allocation rule The allocation rule whose tasks you want to list. If you do not select any value here, the list in the table will include the project tasks for all allocation rules.
Project The project whose tasks you want to list. If you do not select any value here, the list in the table will include all the active project tasks.
Project task The particular project task. If you do not select any task, the list in the table will include all the active project tasks.
Customer class The customer class for which you want to display data. If you select a value here, the list in the table will include only the active project tasks for the selected customer class.
Customer The customer for which you want to display data. If you select a value here, the list in the table will include only the active project tasks for the selected customer.
Posting date The date to assign all the allocation transactions that will be generated when running the allocation procedure.
From

The start of the date range for which you want to allocate transactions.

The system will allocate only transactions from the date range specified in the Date range restrictions section. If you do not select any value here, the system will allocate transactions starting with the oldest allocation transaction in the system.

To

The end of the date range for which you want to allocate transactions.

The system will allocate only transactions from the date range specified in the Date range restrictions section. If you do not select any value here, the system will allocate transactions up to the last allocation transaction in the system.

## The table
Column Description
Project The identifier of the project.
Task ID The identifier of the project task.
Description The description of the project task.
Allocation rule The allocation rule associated with the task. This allocation rule will be used for the allocation operation.
Customer The customer associated with the project and the project task.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Run project invoicing (PM503000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/run-project-invoicing-pm503000 page You can use this window to perform invoicing for projects. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Run project invoicing (PM503000) You can use this window to perform invoicing for projects. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You can use this window to perform invoicing for projects. Invoices are generated for each project and for each customer involved. For more information about invoicing settings and procedures, see: [About project invoicing](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-allocations-and-invoicing-rules/about-project-invoicing/) ## The window toolbar
Element Description
Process Initiates the invoicing process for the projects you have selected (using the unlabelled check boxes) in the table.
Process all Initiates the invoicing process for all the projects listed in the table.
## The top part By making specifications in this area, you can select the criteria the system uses to list projects that you can invoice.
Element Description
Invoice date

The date to be specified on the invoices generated during the invoicing procedure, which also serves as a cut-off date for the project to be invoiced. For more information about how the system applies the filtering criteria for projects to be shown in the window, see: About project invoicing

If no invoice date is specified, the system uses the following date as the invoice date, depending on the invoicing period of the projects:

On demand
The business date
Another invoicing period
The next invoicing date of the projects
Post period The financial period for which the invoice transactions will be posted.
Statement cycle The statement cycle to which the customers to be listed are assigned.
Customer class

The customer class for which you want to invoice projects.

Leave the field blank to view information on all classes.

Customer

The customer whose projects you want to invoice.

Leave the field blank to see information on all customers of the specified class (or all customers of all classes).

Project template

The project template associated with the projects to be listed.

Leave the field blank to view projects based on all templates.

## The table The table contains the list of projects matching any criteria specified in the top part. Only projects with at least one not yet invoiced (but completed) invoicing period are displayed. If multiple invoicing periods were not invoiced for the project, you should run the invoicing process once for each not yet invoiced period. You can select projects by using the check boxes in the first column.
Element Description
Project The project by its identifier.
Description The description provided for the project.
Customer The ID of the customer associated with the project, if any.
Customer name The name of the customer.
From The start date of the invoicing period that is the first not yet invoiced period for the project.
To The end date of this invoicing period.
Last invoicing date The date when the project was last invoiced.

Related pages

Tasks

Validate project balances (PM504000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/project-accounting-windows/validate-project-balances-pm504000 page For information about how to validate balances, see: Validate project balances 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Validate project balances (PM504000) For information about how to validate balances, see: Validate project balances For more information: [Validate project balances](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/manage-project-budgets/validate-project-balances/). This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## The window toolbar
Button Description
Validate Recalculates the balances for the projects you have selected.
Validate all Recalculates the balances for all listed projects.
## The top part By using the check boxes in this area, you can indicate to the system to perform the selected additional actions on the selected projects (or all projects) during the next processing.
Element Description
Recalculate not yet invoiced summary If you select this check box, the system recalculates the balances that have not been invoiced.
Rebuild commitments If you select this check box, the system will rebuild internal commitment records for the selected projects or for all listed projects.
Recalculate the amount of draft invoices If you select this check box, the value of the Draft invoices amount column on the Revenue budget tab of the Projects (PM301000) window will be recalculated.
Recalculate change orders When this check box is selected, the value affected by change orders in the Projects (PM301000) window will be recalculated for the selected projects or for all listed projects when you click Process or Process all in the window toolbar.
## The table The table lists all the projects available in the system.
Column Description
Project ID The ID of the project.
Description The description of the project.
Customer The number of the customer for the project.
Customer name The name of the customer for the project.
Status

The status of the project, which can be:

In Planning
This status is automatically assigned to any new project with the Hold check box selected and reflects that the project is a draft and not available for selection in data entry windows.
Completed
All tasks for the project have been completed.
Cancelled
Project is stopped before its completion. You can reactivate a cancelled project.

Projects that are in planning are not included in the list.

Start date The date when the project was started.
End date The date when the project was completed.

Related pages

Tasks

Projects reports /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Projects reports Aged period sensitive (PM63050S) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/aged-period-sensitive-pm63050s page You use this report to determine the state of the open documents at the end of a particular period on projects. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Aged period sensitive (PM63050S) You use this report to determine the state of the open documents at the end of a particular period on projects. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report shows the documents (by statement cycle, by project, and by customer) that are outstanding at the end of the specified period, broken down by aging periods or financial periods, depending on the settings of the statement cycle specified for a customer. The balances are arranged by days past due on the last day of the specified period or by document dates for each project. All the amounts are shown in the base currency. ## The top part
Element Description
Template The template to be used for the report, if any.
Locale The country you want to runt the report for. The report is displayed in the local language of the country you select.
Default Defines the selected template as the your default one.
Shared Indicates that the selected template is shared with other users.
## The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report, depending on the current report. Contents can vary in the following regards: + How many, and which, elements are available on a particular report. + Which elements contain default values. + Whether specific elements require values to be selected. + Which elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data.
Element Description
Report format

The format to be used for the report. Choose one of the following options:

Summary
To view outstanding balances for the chosen period.
Detailed
To view outstanding documents for the chosen period.
Period The financial period the system will use to calculate the aging categories for the documents. You must specify a period.
Customer The customer connected to the projects you want view.
Customer class The customer class for which you want to display data. If you leave the field blank, you will see information about all classes.
From project The ID of the project you want to start your selection on.
To project The ID of the project to you want to end your selection on.
Project manager The project manager of the projects you want view in the table.
Group by parent account If you select this check box, you group customer accounts that are involved in parent-child relationship under a parent account, and display consolidated balance of the group. The system will group only those child accounts that have the Consolidate balance check box selected. The check box is available if the Parent-child customer relationship functionality in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window is enabled.
## The Additional sort and filters tab > ### Additional sorting conditions > > > > > > > > > > > > > > >
ElementDescription
PropertyThe report specific property you want to filter on.
Condition

Select one the following conditions:

  • Ascending
  • Descending
> ### Additional filtering conditions > > Defines the report filter. > To create a more complex logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > >
ElementDescription
Brackets( - (( - ((( - (((( - (((((
PropertyThe report specific property you want to filter on.
ConditionSelect one of the 13 conditions. They can be one-operand and two-operand.
ValueThe value of the property.
Second valuePossible second value of the property.
Brackets) - )) - ))) - )))) - )))))
Operator

Choose between:

  • And
  • Or
## The Print and email settings tab If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings area**. > ### Print settings > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > >
ElementDescription
Deleted recordsSelect what to do with deleted records: Hide them, print them, or show only deleted records.
Print all pagesLets you print all pages of the report.
Print in PDF formatDisplays the report in PDF format.
Compress PDF fileIndicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.
Embed fonts in PDF fileIndicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.
> ### Email settings > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > >
ElementDescription
FormatThe format (HTML, PDF, or Excel) in which the report will be e-mailed.
ToThe email address of the recipient.
CcAn additional addressee to receive a carbon copy (Cc) of the email.
BccThe email address of a person to receive a blind carbon copy (Bcc) of the email; an address entered in this field will be hidden from other recipients.
SubjectThe subject of the email.
## The Report versions tab
Element Description
Edit version You choose this option if you want to edit the specific version.
Activate You choose this option if you want to activate the specific version.
Version The version of the report.
Description The description of the report.
Active Indicates whether the report is active or not.
Created The date the version was created.
Change order (PM643000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/change-order-pm643000 section By using this report, you can view and print the selected document. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Change order (PM643000) By using this report, you can view and print the selected document. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## Report parameters Use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Reference no. The reference number of the document.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Employee hours (PM622000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/employee-hours-pm622000 page This report displays the work hours your employees have spent on specific projects. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Employee hours (PM622000) This report displays the work hours your employees have spent on specific projects. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report displays the work hours your employees have spent on specific projects. The records are grouped by task, and for each project, the spent and invoiceable time and overtime are listed. ## Report parameters On the **Report parameters** tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Project ID The project for which you want to view information. Select a project, or make no selection to request information for all projects.
Include unreleased activities Select this check box to include the information of the unreleased activities in the report.

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Employee hours by project and task (PM623000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/employee-hours-by-project-and-task-pm623000 section This report displays the work hours your employees have spent on different project tasks. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Employee hours by project and task (PM623000) This report displays the work hours your employees have spent on different project tasks. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report displays the work hours your employees have spent on different project tasks. The report records are grouped by project broken down by project task, and for each project task, the spent and invoiceable time and overtime are listed. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report parameters** tab. ## Report parameters On the **Report parameters** tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Owner The employee for which you want to view information. Select an employee, or make no selection to request information for all employees.
Include unreleased activities Select this check box to include the information of the unreleased activities in the report.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}
Profit and loss (PM64300S) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s section This report displays the profit and loss of the company from a selected period and the preceding six month and a selected project or project range. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Profit and loss (PM64300S) This report displays the profit and loss of the company from a selected period and the preceding six month and a selected project or project range. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report displays the profit and loss of the company from a selected period and the preceding six month and a selected project or project range. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report parameters** tab. ## Report parameters On the **Report parameters** tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Period The period until which the figures will be shown from the preceding six months.
From project The project from which the figures will be reported.
To project The project until which the figures will be reported. To include only one project in the report, select the same project as in the From project field.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}
Pro forma invoice (PM642000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/pro-forma-invoice-pm642000 section By using this report, you can view and print the selected pro forma invoice. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Pro forma invoice (PM642000) By using this report, you can view and print the selected pro forma invoice. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report parameters** tab. ## Report parameters Use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Reference no. The reference number of the document.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Pro forma invoice - English (PM64201S) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/pro-forma-invoice-english-pm64201s section By using this report, you can view and print the selected pro forma invoice in English. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Pro forma invoice - English (PM64201S) By using this report, you can view and print the selected pro forma invoice in English. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report parameters** tab. ## Report parameters Use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Reference number The reference number of the document. You must select a document.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Pro forma invoice - Finnish (PM64202S) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/pro-forma-invoice-finnish-pm64202s section By using this report, you can view and print the selected pro forma invoice in Finnish. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Pro forma invoice - Finnish (PM64202S) By using this report, you can view and print the selected pro forma invoice in Finnish. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report parameters** tab. ## Report parameters Use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Reference number The reference number of the document. You must select a document.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Pro forma invoice - Norwegian (PM64204S) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/pro-forma-invoice-norwegian-pm64204s section By using this report, you can view and print the selected pro forma invoice in Norwegian. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Pro forma invoice - Norwegian (PM64204S) By using this report, you can view and print the selected pro forma invoice in Norwegian. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report parameters** tab. ## Report parameters Use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Reference number The reference number of the document. You must select a document.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Pro forma invoice - Dutch (PM64205S) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/pro-forma-invoice-dutch-pm64205s section By using this report, you can view and print the selected pro forma invoice in Dutch. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Pro forma invoice - Dutch (PM64205S) By using this report, you can view and print the selected pro forma invoice in Dutch. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report parameters** tab. ## Report parameters Use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Reference number The reference number of the document. You must select a document.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Pro forma invoice - Swedish (PM64218S) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/pro-forma-invoice-swedish-pm64218s section By using this report, you can view and print the selected pro forma invoice in Swedish. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Pro forma invoice - Swedish (PM64218S) By using this report, you can view and print the selected pro forma invoice in Swedish. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report parameters** tab. ## Report parameters Use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Reference number The reference number of the document. You must select a document.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Windows

Projects (PM631000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/projects-pm631000 section This report lists either all the projects grouped by customer or only the projects for the customer you select. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Projects (PM631000) This report lists either all the projects grouped by customer or only the projects for the customer you select. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report lists either all the projects grouped by customer or only the projects for the customer you select. The projects are listed along with their descriptions, statuses, and start dates. ## Report parameters On the **Report parameters** tab, use the following parameter to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Customer no. The customer whose projects and project tasks you want to view. If you leave this empty, the report will include all the projects in the system along with the project tasks; the projects and project tasks will be grouped by customer.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Project invoice – English (PM64101S) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/project-invoice-english-pm64101s section This report shows the project invoice with the selected reference number in English. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project invoice – English (PM64101S) This report shows the project invoice with the selected reference number in English. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report parameters** tab. ## Report parameters You use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Document type The type of the document to be printed you select from the drop-down.
Reference number The reference number of the document to be printed.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

Project invoice – Finnish (PM64102S) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/project-invoice-finnish-pm64102s section This report shows the project invoice with the selected reference number in Finnish. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project invoice – Finnish (PM64102S) This report shows the project invoice with the selected reference number in Finnish. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report parameters** tab. ## Report parameters You use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Document type The type of the document to be printed you select from the drop-down.
Reference number The reference number of the document to be printed.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

Project invoice – Norwegian (PM64104S) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/project-invoice-norwegian-pm64104s section This report shows the project invoice with the selected reference number in Norwegian. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project invoice – Norwegian (PM64104S) This report shows the project invoice with the selected reference number in Norwegian. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report parameters** tab. ## Report parameters You use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Document type The type of the document to be printed you select from the drop-down.
Reference number The reference number of the document to be printed.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

Project invoice – Dutch (PM64105S) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/project-invoice-dutch-pm64105s section This report shows the invoice with the selected reference number in Dutch. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project invoice – Dutch (PM64105S) This report shows the invoice with the selected reference number in Dutch. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report parameters** tab. ## Report parameters You use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Document type The type of the document to be printed you select from the drop-down.
Reference number The reference number of the document to be printed.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

Project invoice – Swedish (PM64118S) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/project-invoice-swedish-pm64118s section This report shows the project invoice with the selected reference number in Swedish. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project invoice – Swedish (PM64118S) This report shows the project invoice with the selected reference number in Swedish. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report parameters** tab. ## Report parameters You use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Document type The type of the document to be printed you select from the drop-down.
Reference number The reference number of the document to be printed.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

Project balance (PM621000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/project-balance-pm621000 section This report lists all the account group balances for project tasks (grouped by project). 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project balance (PM621000) This report lists all the account group balances for project tasks (grouped by project). This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report lists all the account group balances for project tasks (grouped by project). The balances are listed along with their projected, revised, and actual quantities and amount. ## Report parameters On the **Report parameters** tab, use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Project The project for which you want to view information. Select a project, or make no selection to request information for all projects.
Task The task for which you want to view information. Select a task, or make no selection to request information for all tasks.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

Project profitability (PM624000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/project-profitability-pm624000 section This report displays profitability for either completed projects or all the projects in the system. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project profitability (PM624000) This report displays profitability for either completed projects or all the projects in the system. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report displays profitability for either completed projects or all the projects in the system. The projects are listed along with their customer, project status, income, expense, and profit margin. ## Report parameters On the **Report parameters** tab, use the following parameter to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Include active projects A check box you select to include the information of the active projects in the report.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Project summary (PM64100S) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/project-summary-pm64100s section This report shows a summary of the details for a selected project or projects. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project summary (PM64100S) This report shows a summary of the details for a selected project or projects. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. See below for a description of each parameter on the **Report parameters** tab. ## Report parameters You use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Customer To restrict the projects to be reported, select a customer whose projects you want to view.
From project The project from which the figures will be reported.
To project The project until which the figures will be reported. To include only one project in the report, select the same project as in the From project field.
Project manager To restrict the projects to be reported, select a project manager whose projects you want to view.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}
Project tasks (PM632000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/project-tasks-pm632000 section This report lists either all the project tasks grouped by customer or only the project tasks for the customer you select. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project tasks (PM632000) This report lists either all the project tasks grouped by customer or only the project tasks for the customer you select. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report lists either all the project tasks grouped by customer or only the project tasks for the customer you select. The report provides the list of projects with the breakdown to individual project tasks. The project tasks are listed, along with their description, status, and start date. ## Report parameters On the **Report parameters** tab, use the following parameter to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Customer no. The customer whose projects and project tasks you want to view. If you leave this empty, the report will include all the projects in the system along with the project tasks; the projects and project tasks will be grouped by customer.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Project transactions (PM633000) /visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/project-transactions-pm633000 section This report lists the project transactions for the project you select. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Project transactions (PM633000) This report lists the project transactions for the project you select. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. The project transactions are listed along with their key properties. ## Report parameters On the **Report parameters** tab, use the following parameter to select the information to be displayed on the report:
Element Description
Project The project whose transactions you want to view.
## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}}

Related pages

Tasks

Windows